WO2007121921A2 - Purine derivatives for use as adenosin a2a receptor agonists - Google Patents

Purine derivatives for use as adenosin a2a receptor agonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007121921A2
WO2007121921A2 PCT/EP2007/003436 EP2007003436W WO2007121921A2 WO 2007121921 A2 WO2007121921 A2 WO 2007121921A2 EP 2007003436 W EP2007003436 W EP 2007003436W WO 2007121921 A2 WO2007121921 A2 WO 2007121921A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
amino
alkyl
purin
membered heterocyclic
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2007/003436
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2007121921A3 (en
Inventor
Robin Alec Fairhurst
Roger John Taylor
Original Assignee
Novartis Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Novartis Ag filed Critical Novartis Ag
Priority to MX2008013418A priority Critical patent/MX2008013418A/en
Priority to BRPI0710655-6A priority patent/BRPI0710655A2/en
Priority to JP2009505780A priority patent/JP2009534339A/en
Priority to EP07724373A priority patent/EP2012760A2/en
Priority to AU2007241344A priority patent/AU2007241344A1/en
Priority to US12/297,940 priority patent/US20090105476A1/en
Priority to CA002648813A priority patent/CA2648813A1/en
Publication of WO2007121921A2 publication Critical patent/WO2007121921A2/en
Publication of WO2007121921A3 publication Critical patent/WO2007121921A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • C07D473/02Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6
    • C07D473/16Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6 two nitrogen atoms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/01Hydrocarbons
    • A61K31/015Hydrocarbons carbocyclic
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/52Purines, e.g. adenine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04Antipruritics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/14Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system

Definitions

  • This invention relates to organic compounds, their preparation and use as pharmaceuticals.
  • the present invention provides for the use of compounds of formula I
  • R 2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cs-alkyl optionally substituted by Ce-Cio-aryl;
  • R 4 , R s and R 6 are independently a 5- or 6 -membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted byhalo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carb ⁇ xy, amino, nitro, CrCs-alkyl, Cr-Cs-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-C ⁇ -alkylcarbonyl or CrC ⁇ -alkoxy optionally substituted by aminocarbonyl; and
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, C t-Cralkyl, CrCs-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Cg-alkylcarbonyl, CrCg- alkoxy optionally substituted by aminocarbonyl, or a 5 - or 6 -membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said ring also being optionally substituted by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, C i-Cs-alkyl, Ci-Cs-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-
  • Optionally substituted means the group referred to can be substituted at one or more positions, preferably one or two positions, by any one or any combination of the radicals listed thereafter.
  • Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl denotes straigh t chain or branched alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • C r Cj- alkyl is Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl.
  • R 2 is Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl optionally substituted by C ⁇ -Cio-aryl
  • R 2 is preferably either unsubstituted Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, especially pentyl or hexyl, more especially -CH(C 2 H 5 )Z or -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 J 3
  • R 2 is C r C 5 -alkyl substituted by G-Cio-aryl, especially CrCs-alkyl (more especially pentyl) substituted at one position by naphthyl or at two positions by phenyl.
  • C2-C8-alkenyl denotes straight chain or branched hydrocarbon chains that contain 2 to 8 carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • CrCr alkenyl is C2-C4-alkenyl.
  • C ⁇ -Cs-alkynyl denotes straight chain or branched hydrocarbon chains that contain 2 to 8 carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds and optionally one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • C2-Cralkynyl is Cz-C ⁇ -alkynyl.
  • Ci-Cralkoxy denotes straight chain or branched alkoxy having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • C r Cr alkoxy is Ci-C4-alkoxy.
  • GrCrcycloalkyl denotes cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms, for example a monocyclic group such as a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl, any of which can be substituted by one or more, usually one or two, C r C4-alkyl groups, or a bicydic group such as bicycloheptyl or bicyclooctyl.
  • C3-Cr cydoalkyl is Cs-C ⁇ -cycloalkyL
  • R 3 is amino substituted by Cj-Crcycloalkyl
  • Cj-Cr cycloalkyl is preferably C3-C ⁇ -cycloalkyl, more especially cyclohexyL
  • Ci-Cralkylamino and "di(Ci-Cralkyl)amino” as used herein denote amino substituted respectively by one or two Ci-Cralkyl groups as hereinbefore defined, which may be the same or different.
  • Ci-Cs-alkylamino and di(Ci-C8-alkyl)amino are respectively Ci-O- alkylamino and di(Ci-C4-alkyl)amino.
  • R 3 is optionally substituted by Ci-Cralkylamino
  • CrCralkylamino is preferably Ci-O-alkylamino, especially ethylamino or propylamino.
  • Ci-Cralkylcarbonyl and “Ci-Cralkoxycarbonyl” as used herein denote Ci-Cralkyl or Ci- Cg-alkoxy respectively as hereinbefore defined attached by a carbon atom to a carbonyl group.
  • Ci-Cralkylcarbonyl and Ci-Cralkoxycarbonyl are Ci-C ⁇ alkylcarbonyl and C1-C4- alkoxycarbonyl respectively.
  • CrCrcycloalkylcarbonyl denotes C3-Cg-cycIoalkyl as hereinbefore defined attached by a carbon atom to a carbonyl group.
  • C3-Crcycloalkylcarbonyl is C3-C5- cycloalkylcarbonyl.
  • R 1 is C3-Crcycloalkylcarbonyl, it is preferably C3-Cs-cycloalkyl- carbonyl, especially cyclopropylcarbonyl or cyclobutylcarbonyl.
  • C3-C8-cycloalkylamino denotes C3-C ⁇ -cycIoalkyl as hereinbefore defined attached by a carbon atom to the nitrogen atom of an amino group.
  • C3-Cr cycloalkylamino is CrCs-cycloalkylamino.
  • n C ⁇ -Cio-aryl denotes a monovalent carbocyclic aromatic group that contains 6 to 10 carbon atoms and which may be, for example, a monocyclic group such as phenyl or a bicyclic group such as naphthyl.
  • Ce-Cio-aryl is phenyl or naphthyl.
  • R 2 is Ci- C ⁇ -alkyl substituted by Cs-Cio-aryl
  • C ⁇ -Cio-aryl is preferably phenyl or naphthyl.
  • C7-Ci4-aralkyl as used herein denotes alky!, for example Ci-C4-alkyl as hereinbefore defined, substituted by C ⁇ -Cio-aryl as hereinbefore defined.
  • C7-Ci4-aralkyl is Cr-Cio-aralkyl such as phenyl-CrC ⁇ alkyl, especially benzyl.
  • Ci-Cralkylaminocarbonyl and “CrCrcydoalkylaminocarbonyl” as used herein denote Cr C ⁇ -alkylamino and C3-Cg-cycloalkylamino respectively as hereinbefore defined attached by a carbon atom to a carbonyl group.
  • Ci-C ⁇ -alkylaminocarbonyl and Ca-C ⁇ -cycloalkyl- aminocarbonyl are Ci-Cralkylaminocarbonyl and CrC ⁇ -cycloalkylaminocarbonyl respectively.
  • R 3 is Ci-C ⁇ -alkylaminocarbonyl it is preferably Ci-C3-aikylaminocarbonyl, especially propylaminocarbonyl.
  • Ce-C 10-arylcarbonyl and CrCi ⁇ arylkylcarbonyl are C ⁇ -Crarylcarbonyl and CT-Cio-arylkylcarbonyl respectively.
  • R ' is CT-C ⁇ -aralkylcarbonyl it is preferably CrCio- aralkylcarbonyl, especially benzylcarbonyl i.e. phenylacetamido.
  • 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur may be, for example, furan, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, pyrazole, imidazole, triazole, isotriazole, tetrazole, thiadiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, pyridine, piperidine, pyrazine, oxazole, isoxazole, pyrazine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, morpholino, triazine, oxazine or thiazole.
  • Preferred heterocyclic rings include piperazine, pyrrolidine, morpholino, imidazole, isotriazole, pyrazole, tetrazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, pyridine, pperidine, pyrazine, furan, oxazole, isoxazole, oxadiazole and azetidine.
  • the 5 - or 6 -membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or it can be substituted at one or more positions, preferably one or two positions, by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, C i-Cralkyl, C rC ⁇ -alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Ce- alkylcarbonyl or Ci-Cg-alkoxy optionally substituted at one or more positions, preferably one or two positions, by aminocarbonyl.
  • Especially preferred substituents include methyl, ethyl, d propyl) and amino.
  • R 5 is preferably unsubstituted imidazolyl, unsubstituted piperidinyl, or imidazolyl substituted at one position by Ci-C3-aikyl.
  • R 6 is preferably pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl or piperazinyl and, where relevant, R 7 is preferably unsubstituted thiophenyl, unsubstituted pyridinyl, unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, pyridinyl disubstituted by chloro, piperazinyl substituted at one position by methyl, piperidinyl substituted at one position by pyridinyl, or piperidinyl substituted at one position by pyridinyl.
  • R 8 is preferably unsubstituted piperidinyl, piperidinyl substituted at one position by methylsulfonyl, piperidinyl substituted at one position by pyridinyl, or pyrrolidinyl substituted at one position by pyridinyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I in free or salt form include those where
  • R 2 is hydrogen or Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl optionally substituted by C ⁇ -Ci ⁇ -aryl;
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or
  • 6-membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by halo, C l-C ⁇ -alkyl, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl- sulfonyl, or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
  • R 2 is hydrogen, unsubstituted CrC ⁇ -alkyl or Ci-C j-alkyl substituted at one position by C ⁇ -Cio- aryl;
  • R 4 , R s and R 6 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphu ⁇ said 5- or
  • 6-membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at one position by Ci-C4-alkyI;
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at one or two positions by halo, Ci-
  • C-ralkyl Ci-C ⁇ alkylsulfonyl, or a 5- or 6 -membered N-heterocydic ring.
  • the present invention provides compounds of formula I, in which
  • R 2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cs-alkyl optionally substituted by C ⁇ -Cio-aryl
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur; and R 7 and R 8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I in free or salt form include those where
  • R 2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cs-alkyl optionally substituted by Ce-Cio-aryl;
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur; and
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
  • Especially preferred compounds of formula I in free or salt form include those where
  • R 2 is hydrogen or Ci-Q-alkyl optionally substituted by C ⁇ -Cio-aryl;
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently a 5 - or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur; and R 7 and R 8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
  • the compounds represented by formula I are capable of forming acid addition salts, particularly pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compound of formula Ia include those of inorganic acids, for example, hydrohalic acids such as hydrofluoric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid or hydroiodic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid; and organic acids, for example aliphatic monocarboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid and butyric acid, aliphatic hydroxy acids such as lactic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid or malic acid, dicarboxylic acids such as maleic acid or succinic acid, aromatic carboxylic acids such as benzoic acid, p-chlorobenzoic acid, diphenylacetic acid, p ⁇ ra-biphenyl benzoic acid or triphenylacetic acid, aromatic hydroxy acids such as o- hydro xybenzoic acid
  • Compounds of formula I which contain acidic, e.g. carboxyl, groups, are also capable of forming salts with bases, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable bases such as those well known in the art; suitable such salts include metal salts, particularly alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts such as sadium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, or salts with ammonia or pharmaceutically acceptable organic amines or heterocyclic bases such as ethanolamines, benzylamines or pyridine. These salts may be prepared from compounds of formula Ia by known salt-forming procedures.
  • the present invention embraces both individual optically active R and S isomers as well as mixtures thereof.
  • the invention provides, in another aspect, a method of preparing a compound of formula Ia in free or salt form which comprises
  • R 2 and R 3 are as hereinbefore defined, with a compound of formula III or a formula Ilia
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci-C g-alkylcarbonyl, C3-C*-cycloalkylcarbonyl or C7-C14- aralkylcarbonyl, X a is a leaving group and K is hydrogen, CrCralkyl or CrCralkoxy, in the presence of a base;
  • R 1 and R 3 are as hereinbefore defined and X is halo, with a compound of formula VII wherein R 2 is as hereinbefore defined, in the presence of a base;
  • R 1 and R 2 are as hereinbefore defined and Y is C rC ⁇ -alkyl or C3-Crcycloa!kyl in the presence of a base, with either a compound of formula X
  • T is C ⁇ -Cio-aryloxy or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur and R 8 is as hereinbefore defined;
  • K 6 is a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, substituted at one position by amino, with either a compound of formula X a
  • T is Cs-Cio-aryloxy or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur and R 8 is as hereinbefore defined;
  • R 1 , R 2 are R 6 are as hereinbefore defined and T is C ⁇ -Cio-aryloxy or a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, with a compound of formula XIIf
  • R 3d and R* together form a - or 6 -membered N-heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, C i-Cs-alkyl, Ci-C ⁇ -alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Cs-alkylcarbonyl, Cr-C ⁇ -alkoxy optionally substituted by aminocarbonyl, or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, or
  • Process variant (A) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting amines with acid halides, acid anhydrides or mixed anhydrides e.g. carboxylic and carbonic anhydrides (or amide-forming derivatives thereof such as carboxylic acids) or sulfonyl halides e.g. mesyl halides, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • the leaving group may be any suitable leaving group, for example halo, -S ⁇ 2-Ci-Cs-alkyl or -SCh-C ⁇ -Cio-aryl.
  • reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran (THF), in the presence of a base, for example diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA).
  • a base for example diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA).
  • Suitable reaction temperatures are from 10° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Process variant (B) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting halides, especially aromatic halides, with amines, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example dichlorobenzene, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile or N-methyl-pyrroiidone (NMP) or mixtures thereof optionally in the presence of a catalyst, such as sodium iodide, and a base, such as triethylamine.
  • Suitable reaction temperatures are from 100° C to 250° C, preferably between 120° C to 220° C, especially about 170° C, for example by heating with microwave radiation.
  • Process variant (C) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting halides with amines, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, preferably in an inert atmosphere, for example argon, optionally in the presence of a base, for example diisopropyl- ethylamine.
  • Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 70° C, preferably between 40° C to 60° C, especially about 50° C.
  • Process variant (D) may be carried out using known procedures for cleaving ester bonds, for example using a strong organic acid, such as trifluoroacetic acid.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example dichloromethane (DCM).
  • Suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Process variant (E) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting amines with acyl- imidazoles or isocyanates, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • T in formula X is preferably imidazolyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example toluene and/or iso propyl alcohol. Suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Process variant (F) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting halides with alkynes, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • the catalyst is preferably a palladium catalyst (together with a CuI salt) and the base is preferably butylamine.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, such as dimethylformamide (DMF). Suitable reaction temperatures are from 40° C to 200° C, preferably 80° C to 160° C, especially about 120° C.
  • Process variant (G) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting carboxylic acid alkyl esters with amines, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • the base is preferably is preferably imidazole.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, such 1,2-dichloroethane, iso -propanol or a mixture thereof. Suitable reaction temperatures are from room temperature to 250° C, preferably 50° C to 100° C.
  • Process variant (H) may be carried out using known procedures for sulfonylating heterocycles, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • the sulphonylating agent is preferably an alkylsulfonylhalide, for example mesylchloride.
  • the base is preferably triethylamine.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, such as dimethylformamide (DMF), preferably in an inert atmosphere. Suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • Process variant (I) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting amines with acyl- imidazoles, isocyanatesor arylcarbamates, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • T in formula X is preferably imidazolyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran or N-methyl-pyrrolidone (NMP), preferably in the presence of a base, for example triethylamine.
  • NMP N-methyl-pyrrolidone
  • suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • suitable reaction temperatures are from room temperature to 120 ° C, preferably 80° C to 110° C, especially about 110° C.
  • Process variant (J) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting N-heterocycles with acyl-imidazoles, isocyanates or arylcarbamates, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • T in formula XIIe is preferably imidazolyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran or N-methyl-pyrrolidone (NMP).
  • NMP N-methyl-pyrrolidone
  • suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • suitable reaction temperatures are from room temperature to 120° C, preferably 80° C to 110° C, especially about 110° C.
  • Process variant (K) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting amines with acyl- imidazoles, isocyanatesor arylcarbamates, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran.
  • suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • suitable reaction temperatures are from room temperature to 120° C, preferably 80° C to 110° C, especially about 110° C.
  • the protecting groups may be chosen in accordance with the nature of the functional group, for example as described in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, John Wiley & Sons Inc, Third Edition, 1999, which reference also describes procedures suitable for replacement of the protecting groups by hydrogen.
  • Compounds of formula II may be prepared by deprotecting a compound of formula XIII
  • R 2 and R 3 are as hereinbefore defined, and each L is Ci-Cralkyl, using known procedures for cleaving ester bonds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is carried out using a strong organic acid, such as trifluoroacetic acid.
  • Each L is preferably t-butyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example dichloromethane. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula FV may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula II where R 3 is halo, with a compound of formula III or HIa wherein R 1 is as hereinbefore defined, X is a leaving group, preferably halo, and K is hydrogen or C rCs-alkyl, in the presence of a base, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran.
  • the base is preferably diisopropylethylamine. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula VI may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XIV where R 3 is as hereinbefore defined and X is halo, with a compound of formula III or HIa, wherein R 1 is as hereinbefore defined, X is a leaving group, preferably halo, and K is hydrogen or C r-Cs-alkyl, in the presence of a base, wherein R 1 is as hereinbefore defined and X is halo, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, preferably in the presence of a base, for example diisopropylethylamine. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are as hereinbefore defined and L is Ci-Ca-alkyl, with a dihydroxylating agent, such as osmium tetroxide (OsCu), either in a stoichiometrical amount or a catalytic amount, preferably together with a re-oxidant, such as N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMO), or alternatively using AD- mix - ⁇ or AD-mix- ⁇ , or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • L is preferably t-butyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example THF. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Y is CrCralkyl or CrCs-cycloalkyl, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • Suitable reaction temperatures from 80° C to 130° C, preferably 90° C to 120° C room temperature, especially about 105° C .
  • Compounds of formula XIId or XIIe may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula I where R 3 is R 6 substituted by amino, with a suitable acylating agent, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • Compounds of formula XIIf of XIIg are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • R 2 and R 3 are as hereinbefore defined, and each L is Ci-Cralkyl or benzyl, with a hydroxylating agent, such as osmium tetroxide (OsO-i), either in a stoichiometrical amount or a catalytic amount, preferably together with a re-oxidant, such as N-methylmorpholine N- oxide (NMO), or alternatively using AD-mix- ⁇ or AD-mix- ⁇ , or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • L 1 and L 2 are preferably t-butyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferab Iy room temperature.
  • each L is CrCe-alkyl or benzyl, with a strong organic acid, such as trifluoroacetic acid, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • Each L is preferably t-butyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example dichloromethane. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula XV may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XX where R 3 is as hereinbefore defined, X is halo and L is Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl or benzyl, with a compound of formula VII, wherein R 2 is as hereinbefore defined, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, preferably in an inert atmosphere, for example in argon.
  • Suitable reaction temperatures from 30° C to 70° C, preferably from 40° C to 60° C, especially about 50° C.
  • R 2 is as hereinbefore defined and L' is Ci-Cs-alkyl or benzyl but preferably methyl, with a compound of formula III or IHa, wherein R 1 is as hereinbefore defined, X is a leaving group, preferably halo, and K is hydrogen or C l-Cs-alkyl, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, preferably in the presence of a base, for example diisopropylethylamine. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula XVIII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXII where R 2 and R 3 are as hereinbefore defined, and L" is C l-Cralkyl preferably methyl or ethyl, with a compound of formula XXIII
  • each L is Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl or benzyl, preferably benzyl, and preferably in the presence of a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • a catalyst such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • each L is t- butyl or benzyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • each L is Cr-Cs-alkyl or benzyl, with a hydroxylating agent, such as osmium tetroxide (OsCU), either in a stoichiometrical amount or a catalytic amount, preferably together with a re-oxidant, such as N-methylmorpholine N- oxide (NMO), or alternatively using AD- mix - ⁇ or AD-mix- ⁇ , or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • a hydroxylating agent such as osmium tetroxide (OsCU)
  • OsCU osmium tetroxide
  • NMO N-methylmorpholine N- oxide
  • Each L is preferably t-butyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula XX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXV where R 3 is as hereinbefore defined, and L" is Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, with a compound of formula XXVa
  • R 1 is as hereinbefore defin
  • L is Ci-Cs-alkyl or benzyl, preferably in the presence of a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • a catalyst such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • Preferably L is t- butyl or benzyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • each L is Ct-Cralkyl or benzyl and L' is Ci-C4-alkyl, is reacted with a strong acid, for examp Ie hydrochloric acid using known procedures for cleaving esters bonds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • a strong acid for examp Ie hydrochloric acid
  • each L is t-butyl or benzyl and L' is methyl or ethyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example dioxane. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula XXII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXVII where R 2 and R 3 are as hereinbefore defined, with an acylating agent such as a carboxylic acid Ci-Cg-alkyl ester, for example 3 -oxy-benzotriazole-1 -carboxlic acid ethyl ester, in the presence of a base, such as diisoproplylamine, and a catalyst, such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated THF. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • R 3 and X are as hereinbefore defined, and L" is Ci-Cralkyl, with a compound of formula XXIII where each L is Ci-Cr alkyl or benzyl, preferably in the presence of a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • a catalyst such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • each L is t-butyl or benzyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, forexample in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula XXV may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXIX where R 3 and X are as hereinbefore defined, with an acylating agent such as a carboxylic acid CrC8-alkyl ester, for example 3 -oxy-benzotriazole-1 -carboxlic acid ethyl ester, in the presence of a base, such as diisoproplylamine, and a catalyst, such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. Su itable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • each L is Ci-C8-alkyl and L 1 is Ci-CU-alkyl or benzyl, preferably benzyl, is reacted with a hydroxylating agent, such as osmium tetroxide (OSCM), either in a stoichiometrical amount or a catalytic amount, preferably together with a re- oxidant, such as N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMO), or alternatively using AD-mix- ⁇ or AD-mix- ⁇ , or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • OSCM osmium tetroxide
  • NMO N-methylmorpholine N-oxide
  • each L is t-butyl and L a is methyl or ethyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula XXVII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXXI where R 2 and R 3 are as hereinbefore defined, with (lS,4R)-cis 4-acetoxy-2-cydopenten-l-ol in the presence of a base, such as sodium hydride, and a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran or dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). Suitable reaction temperatures from 40° C to 60° C, preferably about 50° C.
  • Compounds of formula XXVIII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXIX where R 3 and X are as hereinbefore defined, with an acylating agent such as a carboxylic acid CrC8-alkyl ester, for example 3 -oxy-benzotriazole-1 -carboxlic acid ethyl ester, in the presence of a base, such as diisoproplylamine, and a catalyst, such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example THF. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • R 3 and X are as hereinbefore defined, with (lS,4R)-cis 4-Acetoxy-2-cyclopenten-l-ol in the presence of a base, such sodium hydride, and a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • a base such sodium hydride
  • a catalyst such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran or dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). Suitable reaction temperatures from 40° C to 60° C, preferably about 50° C.
  • Compounds of formula XXX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXXIII where R 2 is as hereinbefore defined, L" is Ci-Cralkyl or benzyl, and L' is Ci-Cralkyl, with a compound of formula XXIII where each L is C l-C ⁇ -alkyl, preferably in the presence of a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenyl- phosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • a catalyst such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenyl- phosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • each L" is t-butyl or benzyl and L' is methyl or ethyl.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example
  • Compounds of formula XXXI may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXXII where R 3 is as hereinbefore defined and X is halo, with a compound of formula VII where R 2 is as hereinbefore defined, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert enviro nment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 40° C to 60° C, preferably about 50° C.
  • L" is Ci-Cs-alkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl
  • X is halo, preferably chloro, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran, preferably in the presence of a base, for example pyridine. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
  • R 2 is as hereinbefore defined andL' is Ci-Cralkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl, with (lS,4R)-cis 4-acetoxy-2-cyclopenten-l-oI in the presence of a base, such sodium hydride, and a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenyl- phosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran or dimethyl sulfoxide. Suitable reaction temperatures from 60° C to 100° C, preferably about 80° C.
  • Compounds of formula XXXVI may be prepared by reacting a salt compound of formula XXXVI where R 3 is as hereinbefore defined and L is C rC ⁇ -alkyl, with a silating agent, for example (N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide), or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • a silating agent for example (N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide), or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example dry chloroform. Suitable reaction temperatures from 60° C to 100° C, preferably about 80° C.
  • the silylated intermediate thus formed is treated with methanol to give the free base.
  • Compounds of formula I in free form may be converted into salt form, and vice versa, in a conventional manner.
  • the compounds in free or salt form can be obtained in the form of hydrates or solvates containing a solvent used for crystallisation.
  • Compounds of formula I can be recovered from reaction mixtures and purified in a conventional manner.
  • Isomers, such as stereoisomers may be obtained in a conventional manner, e.g. by fractional crystallisation or asymmetric synthesis from correspondingly asymmetrically substituted, e.g. optically active, starting materials.
  • Compounds of formula I and their pharmaceutically acceptab Ie salts are useful as pharmaceuticals.
  • they activate the adenosine AZA receptor, i.e. they act as A2A receptor agonists.
  • Their properties as AM agonists may be demonstrated using the method described by L. J. Murphree et a ⁇ in Molecular Pharmacology 61, 455 -462 (2002).
  • K values below 1.0 ⁇ M in the above assay.
  • the compounds of Examples 1, 2, 4, 6, 12, 14, 20, 33, 38, 39, 42, 47, 55 and 61 have K 1 values of 0.582, 0.018, 0.057, 0.008, 0.003, 0.690, 0.008, 0.052, 0.002, 0.003, 0.002, 0.002, 0.004 and 0.009 ⁇ M respectively.
  • agents of the invention are useful in the treatment of conditions which respond to the activation of the adenosine A ⁇ receptor, particularly inflammatory or allergic conditions. Treatment in accordance with the invention may be symptomatic or prophylactic.
  • agents of the invention are useful in the treatment of inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases, resulting, for example, in reduction of tissue damage, airways inflammation, bronchial hyperreactivity, remodelling or disease progression.
  • Inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases and conditions to which the present invention is applicable include acute lung injury (ALI), adult/acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), chronic obstructive pulmonary, airways or lung disease (COPD, COAD or COLD), including chronic bronchitis or dyspnea associated therewith, emphysema, as well as exacerbation of airways hyperreactivity consequent to other drug therapy, in particular other inhaled drug therapy.
  • the invention is also applicable to the treatment of bronchitis of whatever type or genesis including, e.g., acute, arachidic, catarrhal, croupus, chronic or phthinoid bronchitis.
  • bronchiectasis pneumoconiosis (an inflammatory, commonly occupational, disease of the lungs, frequently accompanied by airways obstruction, whether chronic or acute, and occasioned by repeated inhalation of dusts) of whatever type or genesis, including, for example, aluminosis, anthracosis, asbestosis, chalicosis, ptilosis, siderosis, silicosis, tabacosis and byssinosis.
  • asthma of whatever type or genesis including both intrinsic (non -allergic) asthma and extrinsic (allergic) asthma, mild asthma, moderate asthma, severe asthma, bronchitic asthma, exercise-induced asthma, occupational asthma and asthma induced following bacterial infection.
  • Treatment ofasthma is also to be understood as embracing treatment of subjects, e.g. of less than 4 or 5 years of age, exhibiting wheezing symptoms and diagnosed or diagnosable as "whezing symptoms and diagnosed or diagnosable as "whez infants", an established patient category of major medical concern and now often identified as incipient or early-phase asthmatics. (For convenience this particular asthmatic condition is referred to as "whez -infant syndrome”.)
  • Prophylactic efficacy in the treatment of asthma will be evidenced by reduced frequency or severity of symptomatic attack, e.g. of acute asthmatic or bronchoconstrictor attack, improvement in lung function or improved airways hyperreactivity. It may further be evidenced by reduced requirement for other, symptomatic therapy, i.e. therapy for or intended to restrict or abort symptomatic attack when it occurs, for example anti -inflammatory (e.g. corticosteroid) or bronchodilatory.
  • Prophylactic benefit in asthma may in particular be apparent in subjects prone to "morning dipping". "Morning dipping" is a recognised asthmatic syndrome, common to a substantial percentage of asthmatics and characterised by asthma attack, e.g. between the hours of about 4 to 6 am, i.e. at a time normally substantially distant from any previously administered symptomatic asthma therapy.
  • agents of the invention are also useful in the treatment of eosinophil related disorders, e.g. eosinophilia, in particular eosinophil related disorders of the airways (e.g.
  • eosinophilic infiltration of pulmonary tissues including hyper - eosinophilia as it effects the airways and/or lungs as well as, for example, eosinophil -related disorders of the airways consequential or concomitant to Loffler's syndrome, eosinophilic pneumonia, parasitic (in particular metazoan) infestation (including tropical eosinophilia), bronchopulmonary aspergillosis, polyarteritis nodosa (including Churg- Strauss syndrome), eosinophilic granuloma and eosinophil-related disorders affecting the airways occasioned by drug-reaction.
  • hyper - eosinophilia as it effects the airways and/or lungs as well as, for example, eosinophil -related disorders of the airways consequential or concomitant to Loffler's syndrome, eosinophilic pneumonia, parasitic (in particular metazoan) infestation (including tropical e
  • Agents of the invention are also useful in the treatment of inflammatory or allergic conditions of the skin, for example psoriasis, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, alo pecia areata, erythema multiforme, dermatitis herpetiformis, scleroderma, vitiligo, hypersensitivity angiitis, urticaria, bullous pemphigoid, lupus erythematosus, pemphisus, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, and other inflammatory or allergic conditions of the skin.
  • Agents of the invention may also be used for the treatment of other diseases or conditions, in particular diseases or conditions having an inflammatory component, for example, treatment of diseases and conditions of the eye such as conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis sicca, and vernal conjunctivitis, diseases affecting the nose including allergic rhinitis, and inflammatory disease in which autoimmune reactions are implicated or having an autoimmune component or aetiology, including autoimmune haematological disorders (e.g.
  • haemolytic anaemia haemolytic anaemia, aplastic anaemia, pure red cell anaemia and idiopathic thrombocytopenia
  • systemic lupus erythematosus polychondritis, sclerodoma, Wegener granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, Steven -Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, autoimmune inflammatory bowel disease (e.g.
  • ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease endocrine opthalmopathy
  • Grave's disease sarcoidosis, alveolitis, chronic hypersensitivity pneumonitis, multiple sclerosis, primary billiary cirrhosis, uveitis (anterior and posterior), keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal keratoconjunctivitis, interstitial lung fibrosis, psoriatic arthritis and glomerulonephritis (with and without nephrotic syndrome, e.g. including idiopathic nephrotic syndrome or minal change nephropathy).
  • agents of the invention may also be used for the treatment of cystic fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary fibrosis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, wound healing, diabetic nephropathy as described in WO 05/107463, reduction of inflammation in transplanted tissue as described in US 2005/182018, inflammatory diseases caused by pathogenic organisms as described in WO 03/086408, and cardiovascular conditions as described in WO 03/029264.
  • the agents of the invention may be used to assess the severity of coronary artery stenosis as described in WO 00/078774 and useful in conjunction with radioactive imaging agents to image coronary activity and useful in adjunctive therapy with angioplasty as described in WO 00/78779.
  • Agents of the invention are also useful in combination with a protease inhibitor for prevention of organ ischaemia and reperfusion injury as described in WO 05/003150, and in combination with an integrin antagonist fortreating platelet aggregation as described in WO 03/090733. Agents of the invention are also useful in promoting wound healing in bronchial epithelial cells as described in AJP -Lung 290: 849-855.
  • diabetes e.g. diabetes mellitus type I (juvenile diabetes) and diabetes mellirus type II
  • diarrheal diseases ischemia/reperfusion injuries
  • retinopathy such as diabetic retinopathy or hyperbaric oxygen -induced retinopathy
  • conditions characterised by elevated intraocular pressure or secretion of ocular aqueous humor such as glaucoma, ischemic tissue/organ damage from reperfusion, bedso res, as agents for promoting sleep, as agents for treating demyelinating diseases, eg multiple sclerosis and as neuroprotective agents for eg, cerebral haemorrhagic injury and spinal cord ischaemi-reperfusion injury.
  • an agent of the invention in inhibiting inflammatory conditions, for example in inflammatory airways diseases, may be demonstrated in an animal model, e.g. a mouse or rat model, of airways inflammation or other inflammatory conditions, for example as described by Szarka et al, /. Immunol. Methods (1997) 202:49-57; Renzi et al, Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. (1993) 148:932-939; Tsuyuki et al., /. Clin. Invest. (1995) 96:2924-2931; Cernadas et al (1999) Am. J. Respir. Cell MoI. Biol. 20:1 -8; and Fozard et al (2002) European Journal of Pharmacological 438, 183 -188.
  • the agents of the invention are also useful as co-therapeutic agents for use in combination with other drug substances such as anti-inflammatory, bronchodilatory, antihistamine or antitussive drug substances, particularly in the treatment of obstructive or inflammatory airways diseases such as those mentioned h ereinbefore, for example as potentiators of therapeutic activity of such drugs or as a means of reducing required dosaging or potential side effects of such drugs.
  • An agent of the invention may be mixed with the other drug substance in a fixed pharmaceutical composition or it may be administered separately, before, simultaneously with or after the other drug substance.
  • the invention includes a combination of an agent of the invention as hereinbefore described with an anti-inflammatory, bronchodilatory, antihistamine or anti-tussive drug substance, said agent of the invention and said drug substance being in the same or different pharmaceutical composition.
  • Suitable anti-inflammatory drugs include steroids, in particular glucocorticosteroids such as budesonide, beclamethasone dipropionate, fluticasone propionate, ciclesonide or mometasone furoate, or steroids described in WO 02/88167, WO 02/12266, WO 02/100879, WO 02/00679 (especially those of Examples 3, 11, 14, 17, 19, 26, 34, 37, 39, 51, 60,67, 72, 73, 90, 99 and 101), WO 03/35668, WO 03/48181, WO 03/62259, WO 03/64445, WO 03/72592, WO 04/39827 and WO 04/66920; non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor agonists, such as those described in DE 10261874, WO 00/00531, WO 02/10143, WO 03/82280, WO 03/82787, WO 03/86294, WO 03/104195, WO 03/101932,
  • Suitable bronchodilatory drugs include anticholinergic or an timuscarinic agents, in particular ipratropium bromide, oxitropium bromide, tiotropium salts and CHF 4226 (Chiesi), and glycopyrrolate, but also those described in EP 424021, US 3714357, US 5171744, US 2005/171147, US 2005/182091, WO 01/04118, WO 02/00652, WO 02/51841, WO 02/53564, WO 03/00840, WO 03/33495, WO 03/53966, WO 03/87094, WO 04/018422 , WO04/05285 and WO 05/077361.
  • Suitable dual anti-inflammatory and bronchodilatory drugs include dual beta -2 adrenoceptor agonist / muscarinic antagonists such as those disclosed in US 2004/0167167, US 2004/0242622, US 2005/182092, WO 04/74246 WO 04/74812, WO 04/089892 and US 05/256114.
  • Suitable antihistamine drug substances include cetirizine hydrochloride, acetaminophen, clemastine fumarate, promethazine, loratidine, desloratidine, diphenhydramine and fexofenadine hydrochloride, activastine, astemizole, azelastine, ebastine, epinastine, mizolastine and tefenadine as well as those disclosed in JP 2004107299, WO 03/099807 and WO 04/026841.
  • agents of the invention with anti-inflammatory drugs are those with antagonists of chemokine receptors, e.g. CCR-I, CCR-2, CCR -3, CCR-4, CCR-5, CCR -6, CCR-7, CCR-8, CCR -9 and CCRlO, CXCRl, CXCR2, CXCR3, CXCR4, CXCR5, particularly CCR-5 antagonists such as Schering-Plough antagonists SC-351125, SCH-55700 and SCH-D, Takeda antagonists such as N-[[4-[[[6,7-dihydro-2-(4-methylphenyl)-5H-benzo- cyclohepten-S-ylJcarbony ⁇ aminoJphenylJ-methylJtetrahydro-NjN-dimethyl ⁇ H-pyran ⁇ -amin- ium chloride (TAK-770), and CCR-5 antagonists described in US 6166037 (particularly claims 18 and 19), WO 00/66558 (
  • the invention also provides a method for the treatment of a condition responsive to activation of the adenosine AM receptor, for example an inflammatory or allergic condition, particularly an inflammatory or obstructive airways disease, which comprises administering to a subject, particularly a human subject, in need thereof a compound of formula I in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • a compound of formula I in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a condition responsive to activation of the adenosine Au receptor, particularly an inflammatory or obstructive airways disease.
  • the agents of the invention may be administered by any appropriate route, e.g. orally, for example in the form of a tablet or capsule; parenterally, for example intravenously; by inhalation, for example in the treatment of inflammatory or obstructive airways disease; intranasally, for example in the treatment of allergic rhinitis; topically to the skin, for example in the treatment of atopic dermatitis; or rectally, for example in the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease.
  • any appropriate route e.g. orally, for example in the form of a tablet or capsule; parenterally, for example intravenously; by inhalation, for example in the treatment of inflammatory or obstructive airways disease; intranasally, for example in the treatment of allergic rhinitis; topically to the skin, for example in the treatment of atopic dermatitis; or rectally, for example in the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease.
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, optionally together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier therefor.
  • the composition may contain a co-therapeutic agent such as an anti-inflammatory, broncho- dilatory, antihistamine or anti-tussive drug as hereinbefore described.
  • a co-therapeutic agent such as an anti-inflammatory, broncho- dilatory, antihistamine or anti-tussive drug as hereinbefore described.
  • Such compositions may be prepared using conventional diluents or excipients and techniques known in the galenic art.
  • oral dosage forms may include tablets and capsules.
  • Formu lations for topical administration may take the form of creams, ointments, gels or transdermal delivery systems, e.g. patches.
  • Compositions for inhalation may comprise aerosol or other atomizable formulations or dry powder formulation
  • the composition comprises an aerosol formulation
  • it preferably contains, for example, a hydro- fluoro-alkane (HFA) propellant such as HFA134a or HFA227 or a mixture of these, and may contain one or more co-solvents known in the art such as ethanol (up to 20% by weight), and/or one or more surfactants such as oleic acid or sorbitan trioleate, and/or one or more bulking agents such as lactose.
  • HFA hydro- fluoro-alkane
  • the composition comprises a dry powder formulation, it preferably contains, for example, the compound of formula I having a particle diameter up to 10 microns, optionally together with a diluent or carrier, such as lactose, of the desired particle size distribution and a compound that helps to protect against product performance deterioration due to moisture e.g. magnesium steaiate.
  • a diluent or carrier such as lactose
  • the composition comprises a nebulised formulation
  • it preferably contains, for example, the compound of formula I either dissolved, or suspended, in a vehicle containing water, a co-solvent such as ethanol or propylene glycol and a stabiliser, which may be a surfactant.
  • the invention includes (A) a compound of formula I in inhalable form, e.g. in an aerosol or other atomisable composition or in inhalabie particulate, e.g. micronised, form, (B) an inhalable medicament comprising a compound of form ula I in inhalable form; (C) a pharmaceutical product comprising a compound of formula I in inhalable form in association with an inhalation device; and (D) an inhalation device containing a compound of formula I in inhalable form.
  • Dosages of compounds of formula I employed in practising the present invention will of course vary depending, for example, on the particular condition to be treated, the effect desired and the mode of administration.
  • suitable daily dosages for administration by inhalation are of the order of 0.005 to 10 mg
  • suitable daily doses are of the order of 0.05 to 100 mg.
  • CDI is l,l'-carbonyldiimidazole
  • DCM is dichloromethane
  • DIPEA is diisopropylethylamine
  • DMAP is 4 -dimethylaminopyridine
  • DMF is dimethyl - formamide
  • DMSO is dimethylsulfoxide
  • LCMS liquid chromatographic mass spectroscopy
  • TEA is triethylamine
  • TTA is trifluoroacetic acid
  • THF is tetrahydrofuran
  • TLC thin- layer chromatography.
  • This compound is prepared from 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole by the procedure of Wuts, Peter G. M. et al Organic Letters (2003), 5(9), 1483-1485. ⁇ nmr (CDCh, 400 MHz); 8.20(d, IH), 8.00(d, IH), 7.75(t, IH), 7.55(t, IH), 4.60(q, 2H), 1.55(t, 3H).
  • This compound is prepared from 2-isopropyl-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-imidazo[l,5- cjpyrimidin -2-ium iodide by the procedure of Rahul Jain and Louis A. Cohen Tetrahedron
  • 4,4'-Dimethoxybenzophenone (25 g, 103 mmol) is suspended in ethanol (150 ml) and pyridine (30 ml). Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (21.50 g, 310 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is refluxed. The reaction is sh own to be complete by TLC after 3 hours. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate (500 ml) and water (500 ml). The organic layer dried is over MgSO-f, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo. The title compound is obtained following crystallisation from ethylacetate/ cyclohexane.
  • Bis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-methanone oxime (20 g, 77.82 mmol) is suspended in ammonia .880 (450 ml) and ethanol (90 ml). Ammonium acetate (3.00 g, 38.91 mmol) is added followed by the portionwise addition of zinc dust (25.29 g, 389.10 mmol). Once the addition is complete the reaction mixture is slowly heated to 50 0 C. When the effervescence has ceased the reaction mixture is refluxed. The reaction is shown to be complete by TLC after 4 hours. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool and ethyl acetate is added (250 ml). The reaction mixture is filtered through CeliteTM and the phases are separated.
  • This solution consists of the imidazole- urea intermediate (C) together with variable amounts of the corresponding isocyanate and imidazole which result from reversible thermal elimination of imidazole under the reaction conditions.
  • This solution is used in the subsequent steps since the imidazole-urea intermediate and isocyanate intermediate are equally suitable as precursors to ureas.
  • the titled compound is prepared analogously to Intermediate D by replacing (S)-pyrrolidin-3- yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester with (R)-pyrrolidin -3-vi-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester and replacing 2-bromopyridine with 2-chloropyridine.
  • the titled compound is prepared analogously to 9-[(lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl- propionyl-amino)-23 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]-6-(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester(Example 38) by replacing 9-[(lR,4S)-4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl- propionyl-amino ⁇ cyclopent ⁇ -enyll-o- ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino ⁇ H-purine ⁇ rboxylic acid methyl ester with [(lS,4R)-4-(2,6-dichloro-purin-9-yl)-cyclopent-2-enyl]-propionyl-carbamic acid tert- butyl ester.
  • 2,6-Dichloropurine (9.50 g, 50.29 mmol) is dissolved in THF (200 ml) under an atmosphere of argon.
  • Diisopropylamine (7.14 g, 55.32 mmol) is added followed by C,C-bis-(4-methoxy- phenyi)-methylamine (see preparation of intermediates) (12.22 g, 50.29 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at 50 0 C.
  • the reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 5 days.
  • the solvent is removed in vacuo and replaced with MeOH (250 mL).
  • the resulting precipitate is filtered off and dried to give the title compound.
  • reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 2 hours.
  • the reaction mixture is allowed to cool and the solvent is removed in vacuo.
  • the residue is taken up in methanol (50 ml) and the resulting precipitate is filtered off and dried to give the title compound.
  • the reaction is shown to be complete by TLC after 18 hours.
  • the solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate (500 ml) and 2M HCl (200 ml).
  • the organic layer is washed with water (150 ml) and brine (150 ml), dried over MgSCV filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo.
  • the title compound is obtained after purification by flash column chromatography (silica, dichloromethane / methanol 50:1).
  • N-[(lS,2R,3S,4RH-(6-Amino-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]-propionamide (10.6mg, 31 ⁇ mol), 1-hexyne (25.4mg, 310 ⁇ mol), copper (I) iodide (1.5mg, 7.75 ⁇ mol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (5.5mg, 7.75 ⁇ mol), triphenylphosphine (4.0mg, 15.5 ⁇ mol), diethylamine (0.4mL) and DMF (0.2mL) are placed in a 0.5-2.5mL microwave vial.
  • the reaction mixture is microwaved in a Personal Chemistry EmrysTM Optimizer microwave reactor at 120 ⁇ C.
  • the reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 1 hour.
  • the solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by reverse phase column chromatography (IsoluteTM C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water- 0.1% TFA.).
  • 2,6-Dichloropurine (10 g, 52.90 mmol), (lS,4R>-cis 4-acetoxy-2-cyclopenten-l-ol (10 g. 70.40 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (3.20 g, 3.50 mmol) and polymer supported triphenylphosphine (3 mmol/g, 11.60 g, 35.00 mmol) are placed in an oven-dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry deoxygenated THF (80 ml) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred gently for 5 minutes. Triethylamine (20 ml) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 50 0 C.
  • the reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 1 hour.
  • the solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is partitioned between dichloromethane (20OmL) and water (20OmL).
  • the organic layer is washed with water (150 ml) and brine (150 ml), dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo.
  • the title compound is obtained after crystallisation from methanol.
  • the title compound is prepared fromdi-Boc-[(lS,4R)-4-(2,6-dichloro-purin-9-yl)-cyclopent-2- enyl]-amine using a procedure analogous to that use to prepare (lR,2S,3R,5S)-3-(6- ⁇ [bis-(4- methoxy-phenyl)-methyl]-am ⁇ no ⁇ -2-chIoro-purin-9-yl)-5-(di-Boc-amino)-cyclopentane-l y Z -diol 1 H nmr (CDCb, 400 MHz); 8.35(s, IH), 4.80(m, IH), 4 70(m, IH), 4 50(m, IH), 3.85(m, IH), 3.75(m, IH), 3.10(m, IH), 2.75(m, IH), 2.55(m, IH), 1 55(s, 18H), MS (ES+) mle 504
  • N-[( 1 S,2R,3S,4R)4-(2,6 -Dichloro -purin-9 -yI)-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl] -propionamide 160 mg, 0.44 mmol is dissolved in THF (5 ml) under an atmosphere of argon.
  • Dusopropylamine 69 mg, 0.53 mmol is added followed by 2,2-diphenylethylamine (96 mg, 0.49 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at 50 0 C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 2 hours.
  • the final compound of Example 4 may also be prepared using the following process:
  • the title compound is prepared from ⁇ 2-chloro-9-[(lR,4S)-4-(dJ-Boc-amino)-cyclopent-2-enyl]- 9H-purin-6-yl ⁇ -(2,2-diphenyl-ethyl)-amine using a procedure analogous to that of Prep. 11.
  • 1 H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.05(s, lH),7.35-7.15(m, 10H), 4.70 ⁇ .55(m, 4H), 4.50(m, IH), 4.35(m, IH), 4.20(m, 2H), 2.55(m, IH), 2.45(m, IH), 1.60(s, 18H).
  • the free-base is formed as follows N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R>4-[2-(4-Amino-cyclohexylamino)-6-(2 ⁇ - di ⁇ henyl-e ⁇ ylamino)-purm-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -propionamide trifluoroacetate (300 mg, 0.50 mmol) is loaded onto DOWEX® 50WX2-200 ion exchange resin (pre-washed with water). The resin is eluted with water until neutral pH and then with methanol: ammonia .880 (1: 1) to elute the free base. ).
  • the title compound is prepared from N-[(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-(2,64)ichloro-purin-9-yl)-2,3- dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-propionamide using a procedure analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 3.
  • This compound is prepared from N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylainino)- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyI ⁇ -propionamide (compound of Example 4) and 2-(l- ethyHH-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine using a procedure analogous to that of Example 21.
  • This compound is prepared from N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-23-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -propionamide (compound of Example 4) and 2-(l- isopropyl-lH-imidazol4-yl)-ethylamine using a procedure analogous to that of Example 9 for the desired salt. MS (ES+) mle 638 (MH*). Examples 12 and 13
  • the title compound is prepared from ⁇ (lS,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]- cyclopent-2-enyI ⁇ -propionyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester using a procedure analogous to that of (lR ⁇ SJR ⁇ S ⁇ - ⁇ -llbis- ⁇ HTiethoxy-phenyO-methyll-aminol ⁇ -chloro-purin ⁇ -yl ⁇ -fdi-Boc- aminoJ-cyclopentane-l ⁇ -diol (see Example 1).
  • This compound is prepared from ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(l-ethyI-propylamino)-purin-9- yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -propionyl-carbamic acid tert -butyl ester using a procedure analogous to that of Example 3.
  • Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ((lS,2R,3S,4RH- ⁇ 6-(2,2 ⁇ liphenyl-ethylamino)-2-[2-(l-isopro ⁇ yl- lH-imidazoM-ylVethylaminol-puim-9-ylK2.3-dmvdroxy-cyclopentyl)-arnide trifluoroacetate
  • 2,6-Dichloropurine (20.00 g, 106 mmol) is dissolved in THF (250 ml) under an atmosphere of argon.
  • Diisopropyiamine (16.38 g, 127 mmol) is added followed by 2,2-diphenylethylamine (25.00 g, 127 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at 5O 0 C.
  • the reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 6 hours. 50% of the solvent is removed in vacuo and replaced with MeOH. The resulting precipitate is filtered off and dried to give the title compound.
  • cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl- ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -amide (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) in NMP : acetonitrile (1:1) (0.5 ml) is treated with 2-(l-isopropyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine (30 mg, 0.2 mmol)
  • reaction mixture is purified by reverse-phase chromatography eluting with a gradient system of acetonitrile (0.1% TFA) : water (0.1% TFA) (0:100 by volume) gradually changing to acetonitrile (0.1% TFA) : water (0.1% TFA) (100:0 by volume) to afford the title compound.
  • LCMS electrorospray
  • H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.00(s, IH), 7.40-7.25(m, 8H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 2H), 4.70(m, IH), 4.50(m, 2H), 4.20(m, 2H), 3.95(m, IH), 2.85(m, IH), 2.30(m, 2H), 2.20(m, 2H), 2.05(m, 2H), 1.90(m, IH)
  • the title compound is prepared by the same method as cyclobutanecarboxylic acid ⁇ ( 1S,2R,3S,4RH -[2-chloro -6 -(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethyiamino) -purin -9 -yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy- cydopentylj-amide from (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-5-[2-chloro-6-(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-cyclopentane-l,2-diol hydrochloride (an intermediate for preparing the compound of Example 22) and butyryl chloride to afford the title compound (48 mg).
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl] -2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -butyramide, 2- ( 1 -isopropyl - IH- imidazol-4 -yl)- ethylamine (see preparation of intermediates) (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg
  • the title compound is prepared by the same method as cyclobutanecarboxylic acid ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chIoro-6-(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclo- pentylj-amide from (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-5-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9- yl]-cyclopentane-l,2-diol hydrochloride (an intermediate for preparing the compound of Example 22) and isobutyryl chloride to afford the title compound.
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chIoro - ⁇ -f ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2 T 3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -2-phenyl-acetamide, 2-(l -isopropyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)- ethylamine (see preparation of intermediates) (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) and
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using cydobutanecarboxylic acid ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2- diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2 T 3-dihydroxycycIopentyl ⁇ -amide (an intermediate for preparing Example 23), l-(2-aminoethyl)piperidine (0.057 ml, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol).
  • LCMS electrospray
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyI-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -butyramide (an intermediate for preparing Example
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro -6-(2 r 2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -isobutyramide (an intermediate for preparing Example
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro-6-(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2 r 3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-2-phenytacetamide (an intermediate of Example 26), 1 -
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2- diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-amide, 1 -(2-aminoethyl)- piperidine (51 mg, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol).
  • LCMS electrospray
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro- ⁇ -
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using cyclobutanecarboxylic acid ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2- diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2 r 3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -amide (an intermediate for preparing Example 23), (R ⁇ -pyrrolidin-3-ylamine (34 mg, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg,
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -2-phenyl-acetamide (an intermediate for preparing Example 26), (R)- ⁇ yrrolidin-3-ylamine (34 mg, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol) to give a mixture of two regioisomers which are purified by reverse phase column chromatography (IsoluteTM C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water -0.1% TFA) to give a product which is predominantly N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-((R)-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2 ⁇ -dipheny
  • the title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N- ⁇ ( 1 S,2R,3 S,4R)-4 -[2-chloro -6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2 r 3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-3-phenyl-propionamide, (R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine (34 mg, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol) to give a mixture of two regioisomers which are purified by reverse phase column chromatography (
  • N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4RH-[2-((R>-3-Aminoi)yrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]- 2,3-dihydroxy ⁇ yclopentyl ⁇ -propionamide (30 mg, 0.04 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (2 ml) and PrOH (1 ml).
  • N-fl- ⁇ -PyridinylH-P'peridinylJ-lH-imidazole-l-carboxamide (12 mg, 0.044 mmol) is added as a solution in dichloromethane.
  • Example 37a and 37b are assigned using secondary isotope effects in NMR Spectroscopy .
  • Isotope effects are well established in NMR spectroscopy (B. A. Bernheim and H. Batiz-Hernandez, Prog. Nucl. Magn. Resort. Spectrosc. 3, 63-85 [1967]).
  • Primary isotope effects have been widely studied (LJ. Altman et al. /. Am. Chetn. Soc. 100, 8264-8266 [1978]), but it is the secondary isotope shift that has provided important structural information.
  • the magnitude of the two- and three-bond effects vary with the configuration of the carbons, and also the substitution and hydrogen bonding of these exchangeable groups. It is these signal multiplet formations and magnitude of isotope effects are used to unambiguously assign and confirm the structures of Example 37a and Example 37b.
  • Example 37a is bonded to two NH groups
  • Example 37b is bonded to one NH group and to the fully substituted nitrogen of the proline ring.
  • 6-(2 ⁇ -Diphenyl-ethylamino)-9-((lR,4S)44iydroxy-cyclopent-2-enyl)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (2.80 g, 6.14 mmol) is placed in an oven-dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry tetrahydrofuran (30 ml) is added followed by dry pyridine (0.97 g, 12.3 mmol). Ethyl chloroformate (2.66 g, 24.6 mmol) is added slowly and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 3 hours.
  • 6-(2 r 2-Diphenyl-ethylamino)-9-((lR,4S)-4-ethoxycarbonyloxy-cyclopent-2-enyl)-9H-purine-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester (2.2 g, 4.2 mmol) is dissolved in deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. The resultant solution is stirred under an atmosphere of argon at room temperature.
  • the title compound is prepared from 9-((lR,4S)-4-di-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopent-2- enyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester using a procedure analogous to that of (lR,2S,3R,5S)-3-[2-chloro -6-(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-5-(di- Boc-amino)-cyclopentane-l,2-diol.
  • This compound which is the trifluoroacetate salt of the final compound of Example 37, is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare 9-((lR,4S)-4-Di-tert- butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopent-2-enyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester by replacing di-t-butyl iminodicarboxylate with propionyl-carbamic acid tert- butyl ester.
  • reaction mixture is partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the organic portion is dried (MgS ⁇ 4) and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the titled product is precipitated from methanol. Further product is derived from the mother liquor by chromatography on silica eluting with DCM : methanol (25:1).
  • This compound is prepared analogously to 9 -((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-propionylamino- cyclopentyl)-6-(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-amino -ethyl) -amide by replacing 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2 r 3 -dihydroxy-4-propionylamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2 ⁇ -diphenyl- ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester with 9-[(lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-(tert-butoxy- carb onyl-propionyl-amino)-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]- ⁇ -(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H- purine-2-carboxy
  • This compound is prepared analogously to 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-propionylamino- cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid ⁇ 2-[3-(3,4,5,6 -tetra- hydro-2H-[l,2]bipyridinyM-yl)ureido]-ethyl ⁇ -amide by replacing 9 -((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3- dihydroxy-4-propionylamino ⁇ yclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-amino-ethyl)-amide with ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-(2-Amino-ethylcarbamoyl)-6-(2,2 -
  • This compound is prepared analogously to 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-Amino-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentyl)-6- ⁇ 2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester by replacing 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-Di-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2- diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester with (lS,2R,3S,4R ⁇ 4-(6-(2,2- Diphenyl-ethylamino)-2- ⁇ 2-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydro -2H-[l,2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)-ureido]- ethylcarbamoyl ⁇ -purin
  • This compound is prepared analogously to 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-propionyIamino- cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H ⁇ »urine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester by replacing 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-,4-amino-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrochloride with 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-Amino-2-3 - dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxyIic acid (2-[3- (3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[l,2']bipyr
  • This compound is prepared analogously to 9 -((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-Dihydroxy-4-propionyl- amino -cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid [2 -[3 -(3,4,5,6- tetrahydro-2H-[l,2]bipyridinyl-4-yl)ureido]-ethyl)-amide by replacing (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-
  • a mixture comprising 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-amino-2,3-dihydroxv-cyclopentyl)-6-(2 ⁇ -diphenyl- ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid ⁇ 2-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[l,2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)- ureidoj-ethyl) -amide dihydrochloride (0.02 g, 25 ⁇ mol), TEA (0.013 g, 125 ⁇ mol) in THF (2 ml) is treated with acetyl chloride (0.003 g, 40 ⁇ mol).
  • This compound is prepared analogously to cydopropanecarboxylic acid ((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4- ⁇ 6- (2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino>-2-[2-(l-isopropyl-lH-imidazol4-yl>-ethylamino ⁇ purin-9-yl ⁇ -2,3- dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-amide trifluoroacetate by replacing cyclopropanes-carboxylic acid ⁇ (1 S,2R,3S,4RH -[2-chloro -6 -(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino) -purin-9 -yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy- cyclopentyl)-amide with N- ⁇ (1S,2R,3S,4R)4 -[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9- yl]
  • Example 47 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-Dihydroxy-4-propionylamino-cycIopentyl)-6-(2 ⁇ -diphenyl-ethylamino)- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid 12-13 -((S)-l-pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-ureidol-ethyll-amide trifluoroacetate
  • This compound is prepared analogously to 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-propionylamino- cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carbo)cylic acid ⁇ 2-[3-((R)-l-pyridin-2- yI-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-ureido]-ethyl ⁇ -amide trifluoroacetate by replacing l-(2-amino-ethyl)-3-((R)- l-pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-urea with 1 -(2-amino-ethyl)-3-((S)-l -pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3- yl)-urea.
  • N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(3,3 -diphenyI-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentylj-propionamide (Example 53), are prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R T 3S,4R)-4- ⁇ 2-chloro-6-[(naphthalen-l-ylmethyl)-amino]- purin-9-yl ⁇ -2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate by replacing 1- napthalenemethylamine with the appropriate amine.
  • Examples 53 and 54 are also treated with potassium carbonate/methano! to afford the product in free form.
  • Acetonitrile (0.25 ml) and NMP (0.25 ml) are added and the reaction mixture is heated using microwave radiation in a Personal Chemistry EmrysTM Optimizer microwave reactor at 160 0 C for 30 minutes.
  • DCM (3 ml) and water (3 ml) are added to the reaction mixture and following agitation, the organic portion is separated and treated with TPA (0.5 ml). After standing at room temperature overnight purification is carried out using mass directed preparative LC-MS eluting with acetonitrile: water: trifluoroacetic acid to afford the titled compound.
  • This compound is prepared analogously to N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-((R)-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l- yl)-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl ⁇ -propionamide trifluoroacetate by replacing N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-(2-chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9- yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cydopentyl ⁇ -propionamide with N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4- ⁇ 2-chloro-6- [(naphthalen-l-ylmethyl ⁇ aminol-purin ⁇ -yll-Z j S-dihydroxy-cyclopentylJ ⁇ ropionamide trifluoroacetate
  • 2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate by replacing N- ⁇ (lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2- chloro -6-(l -ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-propionamide with the appropriate starting materials, the preparations of which are described herein.
  • Example 50 by replacing 1-napthalenemethylamine with C-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)-methylamine.
  • This compound is prepared analogously to 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-acetylamino-2 r 3 -dihydroxy- cycIopentyI)-6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethyIamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid ⁇ 2-[3-(3,4,5,6 -tetra- hydro-2H-[l T 2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)-ureido ⁇ -ethyl ⁇ -amide trifluoroacetate (Ex. 42) by replacing 9-
  • Imidazole-1 -carboxylic acid ((R)-I -[9-(GaS.4R.6S.6aRV2.2 -dimethyl-6- propionylamino-tetrahvdro-cvclopentafl.3]dioxol-4-yI)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin- 2 -yi] -pyrrolidin-3-yl) -amide
  • a mixture comprising N- ⁇ (3aR,4S,6R,6aS)-6-[2- ⁇ (R)-3-amino-pyrrolidin -l-yl)-6-(2 r 2 -diphenyl- ethylaminoJ-purin ⁇ -ylJ ⁇ -dimethyl-tetrahydro-cyclopentatl ⁇ JdioxoM-ylJ-propducnide (see preparation of intermediates) (0.24 g, 0.39 mmol) and CDI (0.275 g, 1.7 mmol) in DCM is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.
  • the compound exists as a mixture of the imidazole-urea intermediate together with variable amounts of the corresponding isocyanate and imidazole which are equally suitable as precursors to ureas.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)

Abstract

A compound of formula (I) or stereoisomers or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and their preparation and use as pharmaceuticals wherein Rl, R2 and R3 are as defined herein.

Description

ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
This invention relates to organic compounds, their preparation and use as pharmaceuticals.
In one aspect, the present invention provides for the use of compounds of formula I
Figure imgf000002_0001
in free or salt form, wherein
R1 is hydrogen, Ci-Cβ-alkylcarbonyl, Oj-Cs-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SO2-Ci-Ce-alkyl, CT-CH- aralkylcarbonyl or -C(=O)-C(=O)-NH-Ci-C8-alkyl optionally substituted by R4;
R2is hydrogen or Ci-Cs-alkyl optionally substituted by Ce-Cio-aryl;
R3 is hydrogen, halo, C2-Cs-alkenyl or CrCralkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted by C >Cs-cycloalkyl optionally substituted by amino, or R3 is CrCβ-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, CVCio-aryl or by Rs, or R3 is R6 optionally substituted by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3is -NH-R« optionally substituted -4^H-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3 is CrCff-alkylaminocarbonyi or C^Cs-cycloalkylamino-carbonyl optionally substituted by amino, Ci-Cβ-alkylamino, di(Ci-Cralkyl)amino or -NH-C(=O)-NH-R8;
R4, Rs and R6 are independently a 5- or 6 -membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted byhalo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carbαxy, amino, nitro, CrCs-alkyl, Cr-Cs-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Cβ-alkylcarbonyl or CrCβ-alkoxy optionally substituted by aminocarbonyl; and
R7and R8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, C t-Cralkyl, CrCs-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Cg-alkylcarbonyl, CrCg- alkoxy optionally substituted by aminocarbonyl, or a 5 - or 6 -membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said ring also being optionally substituted by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, C i-Cs-alkyl, Ci-Cs-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-C^-alkylcarbonyl, CrCr alkoxy optionally substituted by aminocarbonyl for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a condition mediated by activation of the adenosine A2A receptor, said condition mediated by activation of the adenosine A2* receptor selected from the group consisting of cystic fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary fibrosis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, wound healing, diabetic nephropathy, reduction of inflammation in transplanted tissue, inflammatory diseases caused by pathogenic organisms, cardiovascular conditions, assessing the severity of coronary artery stenosis, imaging coronary activity in conjunction with radioactive imaging agents, adjunctive therapy with angioplasty, in combination with a protease inhibitor for treatment of organ ischaemia and reperfusion injury, wound healing in bronchial epithelial cells, and in combination with an integrin antagonist for treating platelet aggregation.
Terms used in the specification have the following meanings:
"Optionally substituted" means the group referred to can be substituted at one or more positions, preferably one or two positions, by any one or any combination of the radicals listed thereafter.
"Halo" or "halogen" as used herein may be fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. Preferably halo is chlorine. When R3 is halo it is preferably chloro. When R 3 is R 6 substituted by -NH- C(=O)-NH-R7, where R7 is a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur substituted by halo, that heterocyclic ring is substituted at two positions by chloro.
" Ci-Cβ-alkyl" as used herein denotes straigh t chain or branched alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Preferably C r Cj- alkyl is Ci-Cβ-alkyl. When R2 is Ci-Cβ-alkyl optionally substituted by Cβ-Cio-aryl, R2 is preferably either unsubstituted Ci-Cβ-alkyl, especially pentyl or hexyl, more especially -CH(C2H5)Z or -CH2CH2C(CH3J3, or R2 is CrC5-alkyl substituted by G-Cio-aryl, especially CrCs-alkyl (more especially pentyl) substituted at one position by naphthyl or at two positions by phenyl. "C2-C8-alkenyl" as used herein denotes straight chain or branched hydrocarbon chains that contain 2 to 8 carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Preferably CrCr alkenyl is C2-C4-alkenyl".
"C∑-Cs-alkynyl" as used herein denotes straight chain or branched hydrocarbon chains that contain 2 to 8 carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds and optionally one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Preferably C2-Cralkynyl is Cz-Cβ-alkynyl. When R3 is C2-Cr alkynyl it is preferably C∑-Cβ-alkynyl, especially hexynyl, more especially -C=C-C^H*
"Ci-Cralkoxy" as used herein denotes straight chain or branched alkoxy having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Preferably C r Cr alkoxy is Ci-C4-alkoxy.
" GrCrcycloalkyl" as used herein denotes cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms, for example a monocyclic group such as a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl, any of which can be substituted by one or more, usually one or two, CrC4-alkyl groups, or a bicydic group such as bicycloheptyl or bicyclooctyl. Preferably C3-Cr cydoalkyl" is Cs-Cβ-cycloalkyL When R3 is amino substituted by Cj-Crcycloalkyl, Cj-Cr cycloalkyl is preferably C3-Cβ-cycloalkyl, more especially cyclohexyL
" Ci-Cralkylamino" and "di(Ci-Cralkyl)amino" as used herein denote amino substituted respectively by one or two Ci-Cralkyl groups as hereinbefore defined, which may be the same or different. Preferably Ci-Cs-alkylamino and di(Ci-C8-alkyl)amino are respectively Ci-O- alkylamino and di(Ci-C4-alkyl)amino. When R 3 is optionally substituted by Ci-Cralkylamino, CrCralkylamino is preferably Ci-O-alkylamino, especially ethylamino or propylamino.
"Ci-Cralkylcarbonyl" and "Ci-Cralkoxycarbonyl" as used herein denote Ci-Cralkyl or Ci- Cg-alkoxy respectively as hereinbefore defined attached by a carbon atom to a carbonyl group. Preferably Ci-Cralkylcarbonyl and Ci-Cralkoxycarbonyl are Ci-C^alkylcarbonyl and C1-C4- alkoxycarbonyl respectively.
" CrCrcycloalkylcarbonyl" as used herein denotes C3-Cg-cycIoalkyl as hereinbefore defined attached by a carbon atom to a carbonyl group. Preferably C3-Crcycloalkylcarbonyl is C3-C5- cycloalkylcarbonyl. When R1 is C3-Crcycloalkylcarbonyl, it is preferably C3-Cs-cycloalkyl- carbonyl, especially cyclopropylcarbonyl or cyclobutylcarbonyl. " C3-C8-cycloalkylamino" as used herein denotes C3-Cβ-cycIoalkyl as hereinbefore defined attached by a carbon atom to the nitrogen atom of an amino group. Preferably C3-Cr cycloalkylamino is CrCs-cycloalkylamino.
n Cβ-Cio-aryl" as used herein denotes a monovalent carbocyclic aromatic group that contains 6 to 10 carbon atoms and which may be, for example, a monocyclic group such as phenyl or a bicyclic group such as naphthyl. Preferably Ce-Cio-aryl is phenyl or naphthyl. When R2 is Ci- Cβ-alkyl substituted by Cs-Cio-aryl, Cβ-Cio-aryl is preferably phenyl or naphthyl.
" C7-Ci4-aralkyl" as used herein denotes alky!, for example Ci-C4-alkyl as hereinbefore defined, substituted by Cβ-Cio-aryl as hereinbefore defined. Preferably C7-Ci4-aralkyl is Cr-Cio-aralkyl such as phenyl-CrC^alkyl, especially benzyl.
" Ci-Cralkylaminocarbonyl" and "CrCrcydoalkylaminocarbonyl" as used herein denote Cr Cβ-alkylamino and C3-Cg-cycloalkylamino respectively as hereinbefore defined attached by a carbon atom to a carbonyl group. Preferably Ci-Cβ-alkylaminocarbonyl and Ca-Cβ-cycloalkyl- aminocarbonyl are Ci-Cralkylaminocarbonyl and CrCβ-cycloalkylaminocarbonyl respectively. When R3 is Ci-Cβ-alkylaminocarbonyl it is preferably Ci-C3-aikylaminocarbonyl, especially propylaminocarbonyl.
" Cδ-Cio-arylcarbonyl" and "C^Ci-t-arylkylcarbonyl" as used herein denote Cβ-Cio-aryl and C?- Ci4-arylkyl respectively as hereinbefore defined attached by a carbon atom to a carbonyl group. Preferably Ce-C 10-arylcarbonyl and CrCi^arylkylcarbonyl are Cβ-Crarylcarbonyl and CT-Cio-arylkylcarbonyl respectively. When R ' is CT-C^-aralkylcarbonyl it is preferably CrCio- aralkylcarbonyl, especially benzylcarbonyl i.e. phenylacetamido.
"5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur" as used herein may be, for example, furan, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, pyrazole, imidazole, triazole, isotriazole, tetrazole, thiadiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, pyridine, piperidine, pyrazine, oxazole, isoxazole, pyrazine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, morpholino, triazine, oxazine or thiazole. Preferred heterocyclic rings include piperazine, pyrrolidine, morpholino, imidazole, isotriazole, pyrazole, tetrazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, pyridine, pperidine, pyrazine, furan, oxazole, isoxazole, oxadiazole and azetidine. The 5 - or 6 -membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or it can be substituted at one or more positions, preferably one or two positions, by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, C i-Cralkyl, C rCβ-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Ce- alkylcarbonyl or Ci-Cg-alkoxy optionally substituted at one or more positions, preferably one or two positions, by aminocarbonyl. Especially preferred substituents include methyl, ethyl, d propyl) and amino. When R3 is Ci-Cs-alkylamino optionally substituted by RJ, R5 is preferably unsubstituted imidazolyl, unsubstituted piperidinyl, or imidazolyl substituted at one position by Ci-C3-aikyl. When R3 is R6 optionally substituted by -NH-Q=O )-NH-R7, R6 is preferably pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl or piperazinyl and, where relevant, R7 is preferably unsubstituted thiophenyl, unsubstituted pyridinyl, unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, pyridinyl disubstituted by chloro, piperazinyl substituted at one position by methyl, piperidinyl substituted at one position by pyridinyl, or piperidinyl substituted at one position by pyridinyl. When R 3 is -NH-Rβ optionally substituted -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, R6 is preferably unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl or R«is pyrrolidinyl substituted at one position by -NH- Q=O)-NH -R7 where R7is unsubstituted pyridinyl. When R3 is Ci-Cβ-alkylaminocarbonyl substituted by -NH-Q=O)-NH- R8, R8 is preferably unsubstituted piperidinyl, piperidinyl substituted at one position by methylsulfonyl, piperidinyl substituted at one position by pyridinyl, or pyrrolidinyl substituted at one position by pyridinyl.
Throughout this specification and in the claims that follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise", or variations such as "comprises" or "comprising", will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.
Preferred compounds of formula I in free or salt form include those where
RMs C l-Cs-alkylcarbonyl, C3-C8-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SOrCi-Cs-alkyl, C7-Ci4-aralkylcarbonyl or -Q=O)-Q=O)^ΪH-CrC8-alkyl optionally substituted by R<;
R2is hydrogen or Ci-Cβ-alkyl optionally substituted by Cβ-Ciσ-aryl;
R3is halo or C2-C*-alkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted by C j-Cβ-cycloalkyl optionally substituted by amino, or R3 is CrCβ-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, Cβ-Cio-aryl or by Ks, or R3 is R6 optionally substituted by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3 is -NH-R6 optionally substituted -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3 is Ci-C8-alky!aminocarbonyl optionally substituted by -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8;
R4, R5 and R6 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or
6-membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by Ci-Cβ-alkyl; and
R7and R8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by halo, C l-Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl- sulfonyl, or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
Especially p referred compounds of formula I in free or salt form include those where
R1 is C i-Gt-alkylcarbonyl, C3-Cs-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SO--Ci-C4-alkyl, Gf-Cio-aralkylcarbonyl or -C(=O)-C(=O)-NH-CrGt-aIkyl optionally substituted at one position by R4;
R2 is hydrogen, unsubstituted CrCβ-alkyl or Ci-C j-alkyl substituted at one position by Cβ-Cio- aryl;
R3 is halo or C∑-Cβ-alkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted at one position by C3-C6-cycloalkyl optionally substituted at one position by amino, or R3 is CrC-i-alkylamino substituted at one or two positions by hydroxy, phenyl or by Rs, or R3 is R6 optionally substituted at one position by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3 is -NH-R6 optionally substituted at one position by -NH-Q=O)-NH -R7, or R3 is CrC4-alkylaminocarbonyl substituted at one position by -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8;
R4, Rs and R6 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphuς said 5- or
6-membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at one position by Ci-C4-alkyI; and
R7 and R8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at one or two positions by halo, Ci-
C-ralkyl, Ci-C^alkylsulfonyl, or a 5- or 6 -membered N-heterocydic ring.
In a second aspect, the present invention provides compounds of formula I, in which
R1 is hydrogen, Ci-Cβ-alkylcarbonyl, C3-C»-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SOz-Ci-Cβ-alkyl, CT-CM- aralkylcarbonyl or -C(=O)-C(=O)-NH-Ci-Cs-alkyl optionally substituted by R4;
R2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cs-alkyl optionally substituted by C β-Cio-aryl;
R3 is hydrogen, halo, C2-C8-alkenyl or C2-Cβ-alkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted by C rCrcycloalkyl optionally substituted by amino, or R3 is CrCβ-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, Cβ-Cio-aryl or by Rs, or R3 is R6 optionally substituted by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3is CrCβ-alkylaminocarbonyl or C j-Cs-cycloalkylamino-carbonyl optionally substituted by amino, Ci-Cg-alkylamino, di(Ci-C8-alkyl)amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R";
R4, R5 and R6 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur; and R7 and R8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
Preferred compounds of formula I in free or salt form include those where
RHs C i-Cβ-alkylcarbonyl, C3-Cs-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SOz-Ci-Cs-alkyl, C^Cn-aralkylcarbonyl or -Q=O)-Q=O)-NH-C rCs-alkyl optionally substituted by R4;
R2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cs-alkyl optionally substituted by Ce-Cio-aryl;
R3 is halo or Cz-Cs-alkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted by C j-Cs-cycloalkyl optionally substituted by amino, or R3 is Ci-Cg-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, Cg-Cio-aryl or by R5, or R3 is R* optionally substituted by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3is -NH-R6 optionally substituted -^SJH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3 is CrC8-alkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted by -NH-Q=O)J^H-R8;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur; and
R7 and R8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
Especially preferred compounds of formula I in free or salt form include those where
R1 is C rO-alkylcarbonyl, Os-Cβ-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SOrCi-Gi-alkyl, CrCio-aralkylcarbonyl or -Q=O)-Q=O)^SJH-C rQ-alkyl optionally substituted at one position by R4;
R2is hydrogen or Ci-Q-alkyl optionally substituted by Cβ-Cio-aryl;
R3 is halo or C∑-Cj-alkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted by C rCβ-cycloalkyl optionally substituted by amino, or R3is CrCt-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, Cβ-Craryl or by R5, or R 3 is R6 optionally substituted by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3is -NH-R6 optionally substituted -4SJH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3is Ci-Cj-alkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted by -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently a 5 - or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur; and R7and R 8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
Especially preferred specific compounds of formula I are those described hereinafter in the Examples.
The compounds represented by formula I are capable of forming acid addition salts, particularly pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compound of formula Ia include those of inorganic acids, for example, hydrohalic acids such as hydrofluoric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid or hydroiodic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid; and organic acids, for example aliphatic monocarboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid and butyric acid, aliphatic hydroxy acids such as lactic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid or malic acid, dicarboxylic acids such as maleic acid or succinic acid, aromatic carboxylic acids such as benzoic acid, p-chlorobenzoic acid, diphenylacetic acid, pΛra-biphenyl benzoic acid or triphenylacetic acid, aromatic hydroxy acids such as o- hydro xybenzoic acid, p-hydroxy benzoic acid, 1 -hydroxynaphthalene-2-carboxylic acid or 3-hydroxynaphthalene-2-carboxylic acid, cinnamic acids such as 3 -(2-naphthalenyl)propenoic acid, para-methoxy cinnamic acid or para- methyl cinnamic acid, and sulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic acid or benzenesulfonic acid. These salts may be prepared from compounds of formula I by known salt-forming procedures.
Compounds of formula I which contain acidic, e.g. carboxyl, groups, are also capable of forming salts with bases, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable bases such as those well known in the art; suitable such salts include metal salts, particularly alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts such as sadium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, or salts with ammonia or pharmaceutically acceptable organic amines or heterocyclic bases such as ethanolamines, benzylamines or pyridine. These salts may be prepared from compounds of formula Ia by known salt-forming procedures.
In those compounds where there is an asymmetric carbon atom the compounds exist in individual optically active isomeric forms or as mixtures thereof, e.g. as diastereomeric mixtures. The present invention embraces both individual optically active R and S isomers as well as mixtures thereof. The invention provides, in another aspect, a method of preparing a compound of formula Ia in free or salt form which comprises
(i) (A) for the preparation of compounds of formula I, reacting a compound of formula II
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein R2 and R3 are as hereinbefore defined, with a compound of formula III
Figure imgf000010_0004
or a formula Ilia
Figure imgf000010_0002
wherein R1 is hydrogen, Ci-C g-alkylcarbonyl, C3-C*-cycloalkylcarbonyl or C7-C14- aralkylcarbonyl, Xa is a leaving group and K is hydrogen, CrCralkyl or CrCralkoxy, in the presence of a base;
(B) for the preparation of compounds of formula I where R3 is amino substituted by C3- Cs-cycloalkyl optionally substituted by amino or R3 is Ci-Cβ-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, Cβ-Cio-aryl or by R5, or R3 is R6 optionally substituted by amino or -NH-C(^O)-NH-R7, reacting a compound of formula IV
Figure imgf000010_0003
wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined and X is halo, with a compound of formula Va or formula Vb
Figure imgf000011_0003
wherein R3a is C3-Cs-cydoalkyl optionally substituted by amino or R3 is Ci-Cβ-alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy, Cβ-Cio-aryl or by R5, where R5 is as hereinbefore defined, and R3band R1 together form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring that contains one or more nitrogen atoms and is optionally substituted amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, where R7 is as hereinbefore defined;
(C) for the preparation of compounds of formula I, reacting a compound of formula VI
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein R1 and R3 are as hereinbefore defined and X is halo, with a compound of formula VII
Figure imgf000011_0004
wherein R2 is as hereinbefore defined, in the presence of a base;
(D) for the preparation of compounds of formula I, deprotecting a compound of formula VIII
Figure imgf000011_0002
wherein R1, R2 and R 3 are as hereinbefore defined and L is Ci-Cs-alkyl; (E) for the preparation of compounds of formula I wherein R3 is Ci-Ce-alkylamino- carbonyl or Cs-Cs-cycloalkylaminocarbonyl substituted by -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8, where R8 is as hereinbefore defined, reacting a compound of formula IX
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined and Y is C rCβ-alkyl or C3-Crcycloa!kyl in the presence of a base, with either a compound of formula X
Figure imgf000012_0002
or a compound of formula XI
Figure imgf000012_0003
wherein T is Cβ-Cio-aryloxy or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur and R8is as hereinbefore defined;
(F) for the preparation of compounds of formula I wherein R3 is Ci-Cs-alkynyl, reacting a compound of formula IV where R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined, with a compound of formula XII
Figure imgf000012_0004
wherein Rx is Ci-Cβ-alkyl, in the presence of a base and a catalyst;
(G) for the preparation of compounds of formula I wherein or R3 is C i-Cβ- alkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted -NH-Q=O)-N H-R8, reacting a compound of formula XIIa
Figure imgf000013_0001
wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined and R? is CrCs-alkyl, optionally in the presence of a base, with a compound of formula XIIb
Figure imgf000013_0002
wherein R1 is G-Cs-alkyl and -NH -Q=O) -NH-R8 is as hereinbefore defined; or
(H) for the preparation of compounds of formula I wherein R3 is Ci-Cs-alkyiamino- carbonyl substituted by -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8, where R8 is a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, that ring being substituted by Ci-Cr alkylsulfonyl, reacting a compound of formula I wherein R3 is Ci-Cralkylamino- carbonyl substituted by -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8, where R8 is a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur with a sulfonylating agent in the presence of a base;
(I) for the preparation of compounds of formula I wherein RJ is R6 substituted by -NH- Q=O)-NH-R7, where R7 is as hereinbefore defined, reacting a compound of formula XIIc
Figure imgf000013_0003
where R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined and K6 is a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, substituted at one position by amino, with either a compound of formula X a
Figure imgf000014_0002
or a compound of formula
Figure imgf000014_0003
wherein T is Cs-Cio-aryloxy or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur and R8 is as hereinbefore defined;
(J) for the preparation of compounds of formula I wherein R3 is R6 substituted by -NH -Q=O)-NH-R7, where R7 is as hereinbefore defined, reacting a compound of formula XIId or XIIe or a protected form thereof
Figure imgf000014_0001
where R1, R2 are R6 are as hereinbefore defined and T is Cβ-Cio-aryloxy or a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, with a compound of formula XIIf
Figure imgf000014_0004
and R3dand R* together form a - or 6 -membered N-heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, C i-Cs-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Cs-alkylcarbonyl, Cr-Cβ-alkoxy optionally substituted by aminocarbonyl, or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, or
(K) for the preparation of compounds of formula I wherein R3 is R6 substituted by -NH-Q=O)^JH-R7, where R7 is as hereinbefore defined, reacting a compound of formula XIId or XIIe, where R1, R2 are Rβ are as hereinbefore defined and T is Cβ-Cio- aryloxy or a 5 - or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, with a compound of formula XIIg
Figure imgf000015_0001
where R7 is as hereinbefore defined; and
(U) removing any protecting groups and recovering the resultant compound of formula Ia in free or salt form.
Process variant (A) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting amines with acid halides, acid anhydrides or mixed anhydrides e.g. carboxylic and carbonic anhydrides (or amide-forming derivatives thereof such as carboxylic acids) or sulfonyl halides e.g. mesyl halides, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples. The leaving group may be any suitable leaving group, for example halo, -Sθ2-Ci-Cs-alkyl or -SCh-Cβ-Cio-aryl. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran (THF), in the presence of a base, for example diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA). Suitable reaction temperatures are from 10° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Process variant (B) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting halides, especially aromatic halides, with amines, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example dichlorobenzene, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile or N-methyl-pyrroiidone (NMP) or mixtures thereof optionally in the presence of a catalyst, such as sodium iodide, and a base, such as triethylamine. Suitable reaction temperatures are from 100° C to 250° C, preferably between 120° C to 220° C, especially about 170° C, for example by heating with microwave radiation. Process variant (C) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting halides with amines, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, preferably in an inert atmosphere, for example argon, optionally in the presence of a base, for example diisopropyl- ethylamine. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 70° C, preferably between 40° C to 60° C, especially about 50° C.
Process variant (D) may be carried out using known procedures for cleaving ester bonds, for example using a strong organic acid, such as trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example dichloromethane (DCM). Suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Process variant (E) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting amines with acyl- imidazoles or isocyanates, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples. T in formula X is preferably imidazolyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example toluene and/or iso propyl alcohol. Suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Process variant (F) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting halides with alkynes, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples. The catalyst is preferably a palladium catalyst (together with a CuI salt) and the base is preferably butylamine. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, such as dimethylformamide (DMF). Suitable reaction temperatures are from 40° C to 200° C, preferably 80° C to 160° C, especially about 120° C.
Process variant (G) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting carboxylic acid alkyl esters with amines, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples. The base is preferably is preferably imidazole. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, such 1,2-dichloroethane, iso -propanol or a mixture thereof. Suitable reaction temperatures are from room temperature to 250° C, preferably 50° C to 100° C.
Process variant (H) may be carried out using known procedures for sulfonylating heterocycles, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples. The sulphonylating agent is preferably an alkylsulfonylhalide, for example mesylchloride. The base is preferably triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, such as dimethylformamide (DMF), preferably in an inert atmosphere. Suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Process variant (I) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting amines with acyl- imidazoles, isocyanatesor arylcarbamates, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples. T in formula X is preferably imidazolyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran or N-methyl-pyrrolidone (NMP), preferably in the presence of a base, for example triethylamine. When the amine is reacted with an acyl-imidazole or an isocyanates suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature. When the amine is reacted with an aryicarbamate, for example phenyl carbamate, suitable reaction temperatures are from room temperature to 120 ° C, preferably 80° C to 110° C, especially about 110° C.
Process variant (J) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting N-heterocycles with acyl-imidazoles, isocyanates or arylcarbamates, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples. T in formula XIIe is preferably imidazolyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran or N-methyl-pyrrolidone (NMP). When the N-heterocycle is reacted with an acyl-imidazole or an isocyanates suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature. When the N-heterocycle is reacted with an aryicarbamate, for example phenyl carbamate, suitable reaction temperatures are from room temperature to 120° C, preferably 80° C to 110° C, especially about 110° C.
Process variant (K) may be carried out using known procedures for reacting amines with acyl- imidazoles, isocyanatesor arylcarbamates, or analogously as hereinafter described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran. When the amine is reacted with an acyl-imidazole or an isocyanates suitable reaction temperatures are from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature. When the amine is reacted with an aryicarbamate, for example phenyl carbamate, suitable reaction temperatures are from room temperature to 120° C, preferably 80° C to 110° C, especially about 110° C.
Where reference is made herein to protected functional groups or to protecting groups, the protecting groups may be chosen in accordance with the nature of the functional group, for example as described in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, John Wiley & Sons Inc, Third Edition, 1999, which reference also describes procedures suitable for replacement of the protecting groups by hydrogen. Compounds of formula II may be prepared by deprotecting a compound of formula XIII
Figure imgf000018_0001
where R2 and R3 are as hereinbefore defined, and each L is Ci-Cralkyl, using known procedures for cleaving ester bonds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Preferably the reaction is carried out using a strong organic acid, such as trifluoroacetic acid. Each L is preferably t-butyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example dichloromethane. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula III or Ilia are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula FV may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula II where R3 is halo, with a compound of formula III or HIa wherein R1 is as hereinbefore defined, X is a leaving group, preferably halo, and K is hydrogen or C rCs-alkyl, in the presence of a base, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran. The base is preferably diisopropylethylamine. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula Va or formula Vb are either commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula VI may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XIV
Figure imgf000019_0001
where R3 is as hereinbefore defined and X is halo, with a compound of formula III or HIa, wherein R1 is as hereinbefore defined, X is a leaving group, preferably halo, and K is hydrogen or C r-Cs-alkyl, in the presence of a base, wherein R1 is as hereinbefore defined and X is halo, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, preferably in the presence of a base, for example diisopropylethylamine. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula VII are either commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula VIII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XV
Figure imgf000019_0002
where R1, R 2 and R3 are as hereinbefore defined and L is Ci-Ca-alkyl, with a dihydroxylating agent, such as osmium tetroxide (OsCu), either in a stoichiometrical amount or a catalytic amount, preferably together with a re-oxidant, such as N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMO), or alternatively using AD- mix -α or AD-mix-β, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. L is preferably t-butyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example THF. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula IX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XVI
Figure imgf000020_0001
where R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined and L is CrCralkyl, is reacted with a compound of formula XVII
Figure imgf000020_0002
wherein Y is CrCralkyl or CrCs-cycloalkyl, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Suitable reaction temperatures from 80° C to 130° C, preferably 90° C to 120° C room temperature, especially about 105° C .
Compounds of formula X, Xa, XI or XIa are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula XII are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula XIIa may be prepared using the process described herein for preparing compounds of formula XVI, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula XIIb are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula XIIc may be prepared using a process described herein for preparing compounds of formula I when R3 is R6, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula XIId or XIIe may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula I where R3 is R6 substituted by amino, with a suitable acylating agent, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Compounds of formula XIIf of XIIg are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula XIII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formuk XVIII
XVtII
Figure imgf000021_0001
where R2 and R3 are as hereinbefore defined, and each L is Ci-Cralkyl or benzyl, with a hydroxylating agent, such as osmium tetroxide (OsO-i), either in a stoichiometrical amount or a catalytic amount, preferably together with a re-oxidant, such as N-methylmorpholine N- oxide (NMO), or alternatively using AD-mix-α or AD-mix-β, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. L1 and L2 are preferably t-butyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferab Iy room temperature.
Compounds of formula XJV may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XDC
Figure imgf000021_0002
where R3 and X are as hereinbefore defined, and each L is CrCe-alkyl or benzyl, with a strong organic acid, such as trifluoroacetic acid, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Each L is preferably t-butyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example dichloromethane. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XV may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XX
Figure imgf000022_0001
where R3 is as hereinbefore defined, X is halo and L is Ci-Cβ-alkyl or benzyl, with a compound of formula VII, wherein R2 is as hereinbefore defined, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, preferably in an inert atmosphere, for example in argon. Suitable reaction temperatures from 30° C to 70° C, preferably from 40° C to 60° C, especially about 50° C.
Compounds of XVI may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXI
Figure imgf000022_0002
where R2 is as hereinbefore defined and L' is Ci-Cs-alkyl or benzyl but preferably methyl, with a compound of formula III or IHa, wherein R1 is as hereinbefore defined, X is a leaving group, preferably halo, and K is hydrogen or C l-Cs-alkyl, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran, preferably in the presence of a base, for example diisopropylethylamine. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XVII are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula XVIII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXII
Figure imgf000023_0001
where R2 and R3 are as hereinbefore defined, and L" is C l-Cralkyl preferably methyl or ethyl, with a compound of formula XXIII
Figure imgf000023_0002
where each L is Ci-Cβ-alkyl or benzyl, preferably benzyl, and preferably in the presence of a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Preferably each L is t- butyl or benzyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XIX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXTV
Figure imgf000023_0003
where R3 and X are as hereinbefore defined, and each L is Cr-Cs-alkyl or benzyl, with a hydroxylating agent, such as osmium tetroxide (OsCU), either in a stoichiometrical amount or a catalytic amount, preferably together with a re-oxidant, such as N-methylmorpholine N- oxide (NMO), or alternatively using AD- mix -α or AD-mix-β, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Each L is preferably t-butyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXV
Figure imgf000024_0001
where R3 is as hereinbefore defined, and L" is Ci-Cβ-alkyl, with a compound of formula XXVa
Figure imgf000024_0003
where R1 is as hereinbefore defin , and L is Ci-Cs-alkyl or benzyl, preferably in the presence of a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Preferably L is t- butyl or benzyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of XXI may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXVI
Figure imgf000024_0002
where R2 is as hereinbefore defined, each L is Ct-Cralkyl or benzyl and L' is Ci-C4-alkyl, is reacted with a strong acid, for examp Ie hydrochloric acid using known procedures for cleaving esters bonds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Preferably each L is t-butyl or benzyl and L' is methyl or ethyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example dioxane. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XXII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXVII
Figure imgf000025_0001
where R2 and R3 are as hereinbefore defined, with an acylating agent such as a carboxylic acid Ci-Cg-alkyl ester, for example 3 -oxy-benzotriazole-1 -carboxlic acid ethyl ester, in the presence of a base, such as diisoproplylamine, and a catalyst, such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated THF. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XXIII are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula XXIV may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXVIH
Figure imgf000025_0002
where R3 and X are as hereinbefore defined, and L" is Ci-Cralkyl, with a compound of formula XXIII where each L is Ci-Cr alkyl or benzyl, preferably in the presence of a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Preferably each L is t-butyl or benzyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, forexample in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XXV may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXIX
Figure imgf000026_0001
where R3 and X are as hereinbefore defined, with an acylating agent such as a carboxylic acid CrC8-alkyl ester, for example 3 -oxy-benzotriazole-1 -carboxlic acid ethyl ester, in the presence of a base, such as diisoproplylamine, and a catalyst, such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. Su itable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XXVa are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, for example as described by Ken-ichi Takana et al in Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1988, 36, 3125, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of XXVI may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXX
Figure imgf000026_0002
where R2 is as hereinbefore defined, each L is Ci-C8-alkyl and L1 is Ci-CU-alkyl or benzyl, preferably benzyl, is reacted with a hydroxylating agent, such as osmium tetroxide (OSCM), either in a stoichiometrical amount or a catalytic amount, preferably together with a re- oxidant, such as N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMO), or alternatively using AD-mix-α or AD-mix-β, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Preferably each L is t-butyl and La is methyl or ethyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XXVII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXXI
Figure imgf000027_0001
where R2 and R3 are as hereinbefore defined, with (lS,4R)-cis 4-acetoxy-2-cydopenten-l-ol in the presence of a base, such as sodium hydride, and a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran or dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). Suitable reaction temperatures from 40° C to 60° C, preferably about 50° C.
Compounds of formula XXVIII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXIX where R3 and X are as hereinbefore defined, with an acylating agent such as a carboxylic acid CrC8-alkyl ester, for example 3 -oxy-benzotriazole-1 -carboxlic acid ethyl ester, in the presence of a base, such as diisoproplylamine, and a catalyst, such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example THF. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XXDC may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXXII
Figure imgf000027_0002
where R3 and X are as hereinbefore defined, with (lS,4R)-cis 4-Acetoxy-2-cyclopenten-l-ol in the presence of a base, such sodium hydride, and a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenylphosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran or dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). Suitable reaction temperatures from 40° C to 60° C, preferably about 50° C.
Compounds of formula XXX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXXIII
Figure imgf000028_0001
where R2 is as hereinbefore defined, L" is Ci-Cralkyl or benzyl, and L' is Ci-Cralkyl, with a compound of formula XXIII where each L is C l-Cβ-alkyl, preferably in the presence of a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenyl- phosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. Preferably each L" is t-butyl or benzyl and L' is methyl or ethyl. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XXXI may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXXII where R3 is as hereinbefore defined and X is halo, with a compound of formula VII where R2 is as hereinbefore defined, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert enviro nment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example tetrahydrofuran. Suitable reaction temperatures from 40° C to 60° C, preferably about 50° C.
Compounds of formula XXXII are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula XXXIII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXXIV
Figure imgf000028_0002
where R2 and L' are as hereinbefore defined, with a compound of formula XXXV
Figure imgf000028_0003
where L" is Ci-Cs-alkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl, and X is halo, preferably chloro, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran, preferably in the presence of a base, for example pyridine. Suitable reaction temperatures from 0° C to 40° C, preferably room temperature.
Compounds of formula XXXIV may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXXVI
Figure imgf000029_0001
where R2 is as hereinbefore defined andL' is Ci-Cralkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl, with (lS,4R)-cis 4-acetoxy-2-cyclopenten-l-oI in the presence of a base, such sodium hydride, and a catalyst, such as that generated from tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and triphenyl- phosphine, or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran or dimethyl sulfoxide. Suitable reaction temperatures from 60° C to 100° C, preferably about 80° C.
Compounds of formula XXXV are commercially available or may be obtained by known procedures for preparing such compounds, or analogously as herein described in the Examples.
Compounds of formula XXXVI may be prepared by reacting a salt compound of formula XXXVI where R3 is as hereinbefore defined and L is C rCβ-alkyl, with a silating agent, for example (N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide), or analogously as herein described in the Examples. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert environment, for example in argon, using an organic solvent, for example dry chloroform. Suitable reaction temperatures from 60° C to 100° C, preferably about 80° C. The silylated intermediate thus formed is treated with methanol to give the free base.
Compounds of formula I in free form may be converted into salt form, and vice versa, in a conventional manner. The compounds in free or salt form can be obtained in the form of hydrates or solvates containing a solvent used for crystallisation. Compounds of formula I can be recovered from reaction mixtures and purified in a conventional manner. Isomers, such as stereoisomers, may be obtained in a conventional manner, e.g. by fractional crystallisation or asymmetric synthesis from correspondingly asymmetrically substituted, e.g. optically active, starting materials.
Compounds of formula I and their pharmaceutically acceptab Ie salts are useful as pharmaceuticals. In particular, they activate the adenosine AZA receptor, i.e. they act as A2A receptor agonists. Their properties as AM agonists may be demonstrated using the method described by L. J. Murphree et a\ in Molecular Pharmacology 61, 455 -462 (2002).
Compounds of the Examples hereinbelow have K, values below 1.0 μM in the above assay. For example, the compounds of Examples 1, 2, 4, 6, 12, 14, 20, 33, 38, 39, 42, 47, 55 and 61 have K1 values of 0.582, 0.018, 0.057, 0.008, 0.003, 0.690, 0.008, 0.052, 0.002, 0.003, 0.002, 0.002, 0.004 and 0.009 μM respectively.
Having regard to their activation of the adenosine AM receptor, compounds of formula I in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, hereinafter alternately referred to as "agents of the invention", are useful in the treatment of conditions which respond to the activation of the adenosine AΆ receptor, particularly inflammatory or allergic conditions. Treatment in accordance with the invention may be symptomatic or prophylactic.
Accordingly, agents of the invention are useful in the treatment of inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases, resulting, for example, in reduction of tissue damage, airways inflammation, bronchial hyperreactivity, remodelling or disease progression. Inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases and conditions to which the present invention is applicable include acute lung injury (ALI), adult/acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), chronic obstructive pulmonary, airways or lung disease (COPD, COAD or COLD), including chronic bronchitis or dyspnea associated therewith, emphysema, as well as exacerbation of airways hyperreactivity consequent to other drug therapy, in particular other inhaled drug therapy. The invention is also applicable to the treatment of bronchitis of whatever type or genesis including, e.g., acute, arachidic, catarrhal, croupus, chronic or phthinoid bronchitis. Further inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases to which the present invention is applicable include bronchiectasis, pneumoconiosis (an inflammatory, commonly occupational, disease of the lungs, frequently accompanied by airways obstruction, whether chronic or acute, and occasioned by repeated inhalation of dusts) of whatever type or genesis, including, for example, aluminosis, anthracosis, asbestosis, chalicosis, ptilosis, siderosis, silicosis, tabacosis and byssinosis. Other inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases to which the present invention is applicable include asthma of whatever type or genesis including both intrinsic (non -allergic) asthma and extrinsic (allergic) asthma, mild asthma, moderate asthma, severe asthma, bronchitic asthma, exercise-induced asthma, occupational asthma and asthma induced following bacterial infection. Treatment ofasthma is also to be understood as embracing treatment of subjects, e.g. of less than 4 or 5 years of age, exhibiting wheezing symptoms and diagnosed or diagnosable as "wheezy infants", an established patient category of major medical concern and now often identified as incipient or early-phase asthmatics. (For convenience this particular asthmatic condition is referred to as "wheezy -infant syndrome".)
Prophylactic efficacy in the treatment of asthma will be evidenced by reduced frequency or severity of symptomatic attack, e.g. of acute asthmatic or bronchoconstrictor attack, improvement in lung function or improved airways hyperreactivity. It may further be evidenced by reduced requirement for other, symptomatic therapy, i.e. therapy for or intended to restrict or abort symptomatic attack when it occurs, for example anti -inflammatory (e.g. corticosteroid) or bronchodilatory. Prophylactic benefit in asthma may in particular be apparent in subjects prone to "morning dipping". "Morning dipping" is a recognised asthmatic syndrome, common to a substantial percentage of asthmatics and characterised by asthma attack, e.g. between the hours of about 4 to 6 am, i.e. at a time normally substantially distant from any previously administered symptomatic asthma therapy.
Having regard to their anti-inflammatory activity, in particular in relation to inhibition of eosinophil activation, agents of the invention are also useful in the treatment of eosinophil related disorders, e.g. eosinophilia, in particular eosinophil related disorders of the airways (e.g. involving morbid eosinophilic infiltration of pulmonary tissues) including hyper - eosinophilia as it effects the airways and/or lungs as well as, for example, eosinophil -related disorders of the airways consequential or concomitant to Loffler's syndrome, eosinophilic pneumonia, parasitic (in particular metazoan) infestation (including tropical eosinophilia), bronchopulmonary aspergillosis, polyarteritis nodosa (including Churg- Strauss syndrome), eosinophilic granuloma and eosinophil-related disorders affecting the airways occasioned by drug-reaction.
Agents of the invention are also useful in the treatment of inflammatory or allergic conditions of the skin, for example psoriasis, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, alo pecia areata, erythema multiforme, dermatitis herpetiformis, scleroderma, vitiligo, hypersensitivity angiitis, urticaria, bullous pemphigoid, lupus erythematosus, pemphisus, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, and other inflammatory or allergic conditions of the skin.
Agents of the invention may also be used for the treatment of other diseases or conditions, in particular diseases or conditions having an inflammatory component, for example, treatment of diseases and conditions of the eye such as conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis sicca, and vernal conjunctivitis, diseases affecting the nose including allergic rhinitis, and inflammatory disease in which autoimmune reactions are implicated or having an autoimmune component or aetiology, including autoimmune haematological disorders (e.g. haemolytic anaemia, aplastic anaemia, pure red cell anaemia and idiopathic thrombocytopenia), systemic lupus erythematosus, polychondritis, sclerodoma, Wegener granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, Steven -Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, autoimmune inflammatory bowel disease (e.g. ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), endocrine opthalmopathy, Grave's disease, sarcoidosis, alveolitis, chronic hypersensitivity pneumonitis, multiple sclerosis, primary billiary cirrhosis, uveitis (anterior and posterior), keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal keratoconjunctivitis, interstitial lung fibrosis, psoriatic arthritis and glomerulonephritis (with and without nephrotic syndrome, e.g. including idiopathic nephrotic syndrome or minal change nephropathy).
Further, agents of the invention may also be used for the treatment of cystic fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary fibrosis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, wound healing, diabetic nephropathy as described in WO 05/107463, reduction of inflammation in transplanted tissue as described in US 2005/182018, inflammatory diseases caused by pathogenic organisms as described in WO 03/086408, and cardiovascular conditions as described in WO 03/029264.
Also, the agents of the invention may be used to assess the severity of coronary artery stenosis as described in WO 00/078774 and useful in conjunction with radioactive imaging agents to image coronary activity and useful in adjunctive therapy with angioplasty as described in WO 00/78779.
Agents of the invention are also useful in combination with a protease inhibitor for prevention of organ ischaemia and reperfusion injury as described in WO 05/003150, and in combination with an integrin antagonist fortreating platelet aggregation as described in WO 03/090733. Agents of the invention are also useful in promoting wound healing in bronchial epithelial cells as described in AJP -Lung 290: 849-855.
Other diseases or conditions which may be treated with agents of the invention include diabetes, e.g. diabetes mellitus type I (juvenile diabetes) and diabetes mellirus type II, diarrheal diseases, ischemia/reperfusion injuries, retinopathy, such as diabetic retinopathy or hyperbaric oxygen -induced retinopathy, conditions characterised by elevated intraocular pressure or secretion of ocular aqueous humor, such as glaucoma, ischemic tissue/organ damage from reperfusion, bedso res, as agents for promoting sleep, as agents for treating demyelinating diseases, eg multiple sclerosis and as neuroprotective agents for eg, cerebral haemorrhagic injury and spinal cord ischaemi-reperfusion injury.
The effectiveness of an agent of the invention in inhibiting inflammatory conditions, for example in inflammatory airways diseases, may be demonstrated in an animal model, e.g. a mouse or rat model, of airways inflammation or other inflammatory conditions, for example as described by Szarka et al, /. Immunol. Methods (1997) 202:49-57; Renzi et al, Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. (1993) 148:932-939; Tsuyuki et al., /. Clin. Invest. (1995) 96:2924-2931; Cernadas et al (1999) Am. J. Respir. Cell MoI. Biol. 20:1 -8; and Fozard et al (2002) European Journal of Pharmacological 438, 183 -188.
The agents of the invention are also useful as co-therapeutic agents for use in combination with other drug substances such as anti-inflammatory, bronchodilatory, antihistamine or antitussive drug substances, particularly in the treatment of obstructive or inflammatory airways diseases such as those mentioned h ereinbefore, for example as potentiators of therapeutic activity of such drugs or as a means of reducing required dosaging or potential side effects of such drugs. An agent of the invention may be mixed with the other drug substance in a fixed pharmaceutical composition or it may be administered separately, before, simultaneously with or after the other drug substance.
Accordingly the invention includes a combination of an agent of the invention as hereinbefore described with an anti-inflammatory, bronchodilatory, antihistamine or anti-tussive drug substance, said agent of the invention and said drug substance being in the same or different pharmaceutical composition.
Suitable anti-inflammatory drugs include steroids, in particular glucocorticosteroids such as budesonide, beclamethasone dipropionate, fluticasone propionate, ciclesonide or mometasone furoate, or steroids described in WO 02/88167, WO 02/12266, WO 02/100879, WO 02/00679 (especially those of Examples 3, 11, 14, 17, 19, 26, 34, 37, 39, 51, 60,67, 72, 73, 90, 99 and 101), WO 03/35668, WO 03/48181, WO 03/62259, WO 03/64445, WO 03/72592, WO 04/39827 and WO 04/66920; non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor agonists, such as those described in DE 10261874, WO 00/00531, WO 02/10143, WO 03/82280, WO 03/82787, WO 03/86294, WO 03/104195, WO 03/101932, WO 04/05229, WO 04/18429, WO 04/19935 and WO 04/26248; LTB4 antagonists such as BIIL 284, CP-195543, DPC11870, LTB4 ethanolamide, LY 293111, LY 255283, CGS025019C, CP-195543, ONO- 4057, SB 209247, SC-53228 an d those described in US 5451700; LTD4 antagonists such include montelukast, pranlukast, zafirlukast, accolate, SR2640, Wy48,252, ICI 198615, MK- 571, LY-171883, Ro 24-5913 and L -648051; PDE4 inhibitors such cilomilast (Ariflo® GlaxoSmithKline), Roflumilast (Byk Gulden),V-11294A (Napp), BAY19-8004 (Bayer), SCFt 351591 (Schering-Plough), Arofylline (Almirall Prodesfarma), PD189659 / PD168787 (Parke- Davis), AWD-12-281 (Asta Medica), CDC-801 (Celgene), SeICID(TM) CC -10004 (Celgene), VM554/UM565 (Vernalis), T -440 (Tanabe), KW-4490 (Kyowa Hakko Kogyo), and those disclosed in WO 92/19594, WO 93/19749, WO 93/19750, WO 93/19751, WO 98/18796, WO 99/16766, WO 01/13953, WO 03/104204, WO 03/104205, WO 03/39544, WO 04/000814, WO 04/000839, WO 04/005258, WO 04/018450, WO 04/018451, WO 04/018457, WO 04/018465, WO 04/018431, WO 04/018449, WO 04/018450, WO 04/018451, WO 04/018457, WO 04/018465, WO 04/019944, WO 04/019945, WO 04/045607 and WO 04/037805; adenosine Aa receptor antagonists such as those described in WO 02/42298; and beta-2 adrenoceptor agonists such as albuterol (salbutamol), metaproterenol, terbutaline, salmeterol fenoterol, procaterol, and especially, formoterol, carmoterol and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and compounds (in free or salt or solvate form) of formula I of WO 0075114, which document is incorporated herein by reference, preferably compounds of the Examples thereof, especially a compound of formula
Figure imgf000034_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, as well as compounds (in free or salt or solvate form) of formula I of WO 04/16601, and also compounds of EP 1440966, JP 05025045, WO 93/18007, WO 99/64035, US 2002/0055651, US 2005/0133417, US 2005/5159448, WO 01/42193, WO 01/83462, WO 02/66422, WO 02/ 70490, WO 02/76933, WO 03/24439, WO 03/42160, WO 03/42164, WO 03/72539, WO 03/91204, WO 03/93219, WO 03/99764, WO 04/16578, WO 04/22547, WO 04/32921, WO 04/33412, WO 04/37768, WO 04/37773, WO 04/37807, WO 04/39762, WO 04/39766, WO 04/45618 WO 04/46083 , WO 04/80964, EP1460064, WO 04/087142, WO 04/089892, EP 01477167, US 2004/0242622, US 2004/0229904, WO 04/108675, WO 04/108676, WO 05/033121, WO 05/040103, WO 05/044787, WO 05/058867, WO 05/065650, WO 05/066140 , WO 05/07908, US 2005/5159448, US 2005/171147, WO 05/077361, WO 05/084640, WO 05/089760, WO 05/090287, WO 05/090288, WO 05/092860, WO 05/092887, US 2005/182091,US 2005/209227, US 2005/215542, US 2005/215590, EP 1574501, US 05/256115, WO 05/102350 and US 05/277632.
Suitable bronchodilatory drugs include anticholinergic or an timuscarinic agents, in particular ipratropium bromide, oxitropium bromide, tiotropium salts and CHF 4226 (Chiesi), and glycopyrrolate, but also those described in EP 424021, US 3714357, US 5171744, US 2005/171147, US 2005/182091, WO 01/04118, WO 02/00652, WO 02/51841, WO 02/53564, WO 03/00840, WO 03/33495, WO 03/53966, WO 03/87094, WO 04/018422 , WO04/05285 and WO 05/077361.
Suitable dual anti-inflammatory and bronchodilatory drugs include dual beta -2 adrenoceptor agonist / muscarinic antagonists such as those disclosed in US 2004/0167167, US 2004/0242622, US 2005/182092, WO 04/74246 WO 04/74812, WO 04/089892 and US 05/256114.
Suitable antihistamine drug substances include cetirizine hydrochloride, acetaminophen, clemastine fumarate, promethazine, loratidine, desloratidine, diphenhydramine and fexofenadine hydrochloride, activastine, astemizole, azelastine, ebastine, epinastine, mizolastine and tefenadine as well as those disclosed in JP 2004107299, WO 03/099807 and WO 04/026841.
Other useful combinations of agents of the invention with anti-inflammatory drugs are those with antagonists of chemokine receptors, e.g. CCR-I, CCR-2, CCR -3, CCR-4, CCR-5, CCR -6, CCR-7, CCR-8, CCR -9 and CCRlO, CXCRl, CXCR2, CXCR3, CXCR4, CXCR5, particularly CCR-5 antagonists such as Schering-Plough antagonists SC-351125, SCH-55700 and SCH-D, Takeda antagonists such as N-[[4-[[[6,7-dihydro-2-(4-methylphenyl)-5H-benzo- cyclohepten-S-ylJcarbonyπaminoJphenylJ-methylJtetrahydro-NjN-dimethyl^H-pyran^-amin- ium chloride (TAK-770), and CCR-5 antagonists described in US 6166037 (particularly claims 18 and 19), WO 00/66558 (particularly claim 8), WO 00/66559 (particularly claim 9), WO 04/018425 and WO 04/026873.
In accordance with the foregoing, the invention also provides a method for the treatment of a condition responsive to activation of the adenosine AM receptor, for example an inflammatory or allergic condition, particularly an inflammatory or obstructive airways disease, which comprises administering to a subject, particularly a human subject, in need thereof a compound of formula I in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. In another aspect the invention provides a compound of formula I, in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a condition responsive to activation of the adenosine Au receptor, particularly an inflammatory or obstructive airways disease.
The agents of the invention may be administered by any appropriate route, e.g. orally, for example in the form of a tablet or capsule; parenterally, for example intravenously; by inhalation, for example in the treatment of inflammatory or obstructive airways disease; intranasally, for example in the treatment of allergic rhinitis; topically to the skin, for example in the treatment of atopic dermatitis; or rectally, for example in the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease.
In a further aspect, the invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, optionally together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier therefor. The composition may contain a co-therapeutic agent such as an anti-inflammatory, broncho- dilatory, antihistamine or anti-tussive drug as hereinbefore described. Such compositions may be prepared using conventional diluents or excipients and techniques known in the galenic art. Thus oral dosage forms may include tablets and capsules. Formu lations for topical administration may take the form of creams, ointments, gels or transdermal delivery systems, e.g. patches. Compositions for inhalation may comprise aerosol or other atomizable formulations or dry powder formulations.
When the composition comprises an aerosol formulation, it preferably contains, for example, a hydro- fluoro-alkane (HFA) propellant such as HFA134a or HFA227 or a mixture of these, and may contain one or more co-solvents known in the art such as ethanol (up to 20% by weight), and/or one or more surfactants such as oleic acid or sorbitan trioleate, and/or one or more bulking agents such as lactose. When the composition comprises a dry powder formulation, it preferably contains, for example, the compound of formula I having a particle diameter up to 10 microns, optionally together with a diluent or carrier, such as lactose, of the desired particle size distribution and a compound that helps to protect against product performance deterioration due to moisture e.g. magnesium steaiate. When the composition comprises a nebulised formulation, it preferably contains, for example, the compound of formula I either dissolved, or suspended, in a vehicle containing water, a co-solvent such as ethanol or propylene glycol and a stabiliser, which may be a surfactant.
The invention includes (A) a compound of formula I in inhalable form, e.g. in an aerosol or other atomisable composition or in inhalabie particulate, e.g. micronised, form, (B) an inhalable medicament comprising a compound of form ula I in inhalable form; (C) a pharmaceutical product comprising a compound of formula I in inhalable form in association with an inhalation device; and (D) an inhalation device containing a compound of formula I in inhalable form.
Dosages of compounds of formula I employed in practising the present invention will of course vary depending, for example, on the particular condition to be treated, the effect desired and the mode of administration. In general, suitable daily dosages for administration by inhalation are of the order of 0.005 to 10 mg, while for oral administration suitable daily doses are of the order of 0.05 to 100 mg.
The invention is illustrated by the following Examples.
EXAMPLES
Preferred compounds of formula I
Figure imgf000037_0001
include those shown in Table 1 below. Methods for preparing such compounds are described hereinafter. The table also shows mass spectrometry, MH* (ESMS), data. The Examples are in free form, except for Examples 1-3, 7, 9-11 and 17-37, which are trifluoroacetate salts.
TABLE l
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Further preferred examples of compounds of formula I are shown in Table 2 below. Methods for preparing such compounds are described hereinafter. The table also shows mass spectrometry, MH* (ESMS), data. The compounds of the examples are trifluoroacetate salts, except for the compounds of Examples 41, 48, 52 and 53 are in free form and the compound of Examples 44 is an hydrochloride salt.
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Further preferred examples of compounds of formula I are shown in Table 3 below. Methods for preparing such compounds are described hereinafter. The table also shows mass spectrometry, MH* (ESMS), data. The compounds of the examples are trifluoroacetate salts, except for the compound of Example 76 which is in free form and the compound of Example 79 which is a hydrochloride salt.
TABLE 3
Figure imgf000045_0002
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Prepararion of intermediate compounds
Abbreviations used are as follows: CDI is l,l'-carbonyldiimidazole, DCM is dichloromethane, DIPEA is diisopropylethylamine, DMAP is 4 -dimethylaminopyridine, DMF is dimethyl - formamide, DMSO is dimethylsulfoxide, LCMS is liquid chromatographic mass spectroscopy, TEA is triethylamine, TTA is trifluoroacetic acid, THF is tetrahydrofuran, and TLC is thin- layer chromatography.
3-Oxy-benzotriazole-l-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
This compound is prepared from 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole by the procedure of Wuts, Peter G. M. et al Organic Letters (2003), 5(9), 1483-1485. Η nmr (CDCh, 400 MHz); 8.20(d, IH), 8.00(d, IH), 7.75(t, IH), 7.55(t, IH), 4.60(q, 2H), 1.55(t, 3H).
2-(l -Isopropyl-1 H-imidazol4-yl)-ethylamine
This compound is prepared from 2-isopropyl-5-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-imidazo[l,5- cjpyrimidin -2-ium iodide by the procedure of Rahul Jain and Louis A. Cohen Tetrahedron
1996, 52, 5363. 1H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 7.60(s, IH), 6.95(s, IH), 4.40(m, IH), 2.90(t,
2H), 2.70(t, 2H), 1.45(d, 6H).
Propionyl-carbamic acid tert-buty! ester
The title compound is prepared from propyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester using the procedure described by Ken-ichi Takana et al mChem. Pharm. Bull. 1988, 36, 3125. 'H nmr (CDCl3,
400 MHz); 7.25(br s, IH), 2.75(q, 2H), 1.50(s, 9H), 1.15(t, 3H).
Bis-(4-methoyy-phenyl)-rnethanone nxime
4,4'-Dimethoxybenzophenone (25 g, 103 mmol) is suspended in ethanol (150 ml) and pyridine (30 ml). Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (21.50 g, 310 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is refluxed. The reaction is sh own to be complete by TLC after 3 hours. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate (500 ml) and water (500 ml). The organic layer dried is over MgSO-f, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo. The title compound is obtained following crystallisation from ethylacetate/ cyclohexane. 'H nmr (CDCl3, 400 MHz); 7.70(s, IH), 7.40 (d of d, 4H), 6.95(d, 2H), 6.85(d, 2H), 3.85(s, 3H), 3.80(s, 3H).
C.C-Bis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-rnethylamine
Bis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-methanone oxime (20 g, 77.82 mmol) is suspended in ammonia .880 (450 ml) and ethanol (90 ml). Ammonium acetate (3.00 g, 38.91 mmol) is added followed by the portionwise addition of zinc dust (25.29 g, 389.10 mmol). Once the addition is complete the reaction mixture is slowly heated to 500C. When the effervescence has ceased the reaction mixture is refluxed. The reaction is shown to be complete by TLC after 4 hours. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool and ethyl acetate is added (250 ml). The reaction mixture is filtered through Celite™ and the phases are separated. The organic layer dried is over MgSOt, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to give the title compound.1H nmr (CDCI3, 400 MHz); 7.25 (d, 4H), 6.80 (d, 4H), 5.10(s, IH), 3.75(s, 6H).
1.3-Di(R)-pyrrolidin-3-yl-urea
(a) 1,3-Bis-((R)-1 -benzyl-pyτrolidin-3-yl)-urea:
A solution comprising (R)-l-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine (5.0 g, 28.4 mmol) in DCM (10 ml) is treated with CDI (2.3 g, 14.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the resulting residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate. This portion is washed with water followed by brine, dried (MgSO 4) and concentrated in vacuo to yield the titled compound as pale orange solid.
(b) l,3 -Di(R)-pyrrolidin-3-yi-urea:
To a solution of l,3-bis-((R)-l-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-urea (5.34 g, 14.1 mmol) in ethanol (80 ml) under an inert atmosphere of Argon is added palladium hydroxide on carbon (1.07 g). The reaction mixture is purged with Argon and placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen for two days after which time, the mixture is filtered and the catalyst washed with ethanol. The organic portions are combined and concentrated in vacuo to yield the titled compound as a white solid.
Imidazole -1 carboxylic acid (3.4.5.6 -tetrahydro-2H-fl.2'lbipyridinyl-4-vD-amide A stirred solution of CDI (1.1 g, 6.77 mmol) in DCM (100 ml) is treated with 3,4,5,6- tetrahydro-2H-[l,2']bipyridinyl-4-ylamine (WO 99/65895, EP 21973) (1 g, 5.64 mmol in 50 ml of DCM) added dropwise over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes to yield the titled compound as a 10 mg/ml solution in DCM. The compound is used in solution in subsequent reactions. This solution consists of the imidazole- urea intermediate (C) together with variable amounts of the corresponding isocyanate and imidazole which result from reversible thermal elimination of imidazole under the reaction conditions. This solution is used in the subsequent steps since the imidazole-urea intermediate and isocyanate intermediate are equally suitable as precursors to ureas.
l-(2-Amino-ethyl)-3-((S)-l -pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-urea
(a) ((S)-I -Pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester:
A stirred solution comprising (S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (2.0 g, 10.7 mmol), 2 -bromopyridine (1.7 g, 10.7 mmol) and TEA (1.1 g, 10.7 mmol) in DMF (40 ml) is heated to 800C for 50 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo the purification of the crude residue by chromatography on silica eluting with ethyl acetate : hexane (1:9 increasing to 1:4) yields the titled compound as a white solid.
(b) (S)-l-Pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-ylaminedihydrochloride:
To a solution of ((S)-I -pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.221 g, 0.84 mmoi) in dioxane (4 ml) and methanol (1 ml) is added 4M HCl (in dioxane) (0.525 ml, 2.1 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting suspension is filtered and washed with dioxane (3 x 1 ml) to yield the titled compound.
(c) Imidazole-1-carboxylic acid ((S)-l -pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-amide:
A mixture comprising ((S)-l-Pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine dihydrochloride (0.242 g, 1.02 mmol), TEA (0.2 ml) in DCM (10.2 ml) is treated with CDI (0.364 g, 2.26 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to yield the titled compound as 0.1 M solution in DCM. This solution consists of the imidazole-urea intermediate together with variable amounts of the corresponding isocyanate and imidazole. This solution is used in the subsequent steps since the imidazole-urea intermediate and isocyanate intermediate are equally suitable as precursors to ureas.
(d) l-(2-Amino-ethyl)-3-((S)-l-pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-urea:
To a solution of imidazole-1-carboxylic acid ((S)-l-pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-amide (9.9 ml of a 0.1 M solution in DCM, 0.99 mmol) in iso-propanol (1 ml) is added ethyl-1, 2 -diamine (2 ml, 37 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then extracted with DCM using a continuous liquid -liquid extraction system to yield the titled compound as 1 : 4 mole ratio mixture with imidazole.
1 -(2-Amino-erhyl)-3-((RV-1 ■pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-ylV-ιιrea
The titled compound is prepared analogously to Intermediate D by replacing (S)-pyrrolidin-3- yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester with (R)-pyrrolidin -3-vi-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester and replacing 2-bromopyridine with 2-chloropyridine.
[flS.2R.3S.4R)-4-(2.6-Dichloroφurin-9-yl)-2.3-dihydroxy-cvclopentyl|-propionyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
The titled compound is prepared analogously to 9-[(lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl- propionyl-amino)-23 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester(Example 38) by replacing 9-[(lR,4S)-4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl- propionyl-amino^cyclopent^-enyll-o-^^-diphenyl-ethylamino^H-purine^^rboxylic acid methyl ester with [(lS,4R)-4-(2,6-dichloro-purin-9-yl)-cyclopent-2-enyl]-propionyl-carbamic acid tert- butyl ester.
N-<GaR.4S.6R.6aS)-6-f2-((R)-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2.2-<liphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9- ylj-2,7. -dimethyl -fetra hydro -cyrlnpf*nta[1 r^]dioyol-4-yl}-prr)pinnamirlp
a) {(R)-l -{9-<(lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,34Dihydroxy-4-propionylaminoκ:yclopentyl)-6-(2^ -diphenyl- ethylamino)-9H-purin-2-yl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-carbamic acid benzyl ester.
A solution of (R)-pyrrolidin-3-yl-carbamic acid benzyl ester hydrochloride (0.88 g, 3.45 mmol) in DCM is free-based using sodium hydrogen carbonate solution to yield(R)-pyrrolidin-3-yl- carbamic acid benzyl ester (0.487 g, 2.22 mmol). This amine is added to N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4- [2-chloro-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino}-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide (Example 4) (0.5 g, 0.96 mmol) and TEA (0.224 g, 2.22 mmol) and then dissolved in NMP (7 ml). The reaction mixture is heated using microwave radiation in a Personal Chemistry Emrys™ Optimizer microwave reactor at 190 °C for 1 hour. The resulting mixture is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with 5% MeOH in DCM to yield the titled compound.
b) {(R)-l-[9-((3aS,4R,6S,6aR)-2,24)imethyl-6-propionylamino-tetrahydro -cy clopenta[l,3]dioxol-4-yl)-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-2-yl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl}- carbamic acid benzyl ester:
A solution of {(R^l^-tflR^S^R^SJ^β-dihydroxy^-propionylamino-cycIopentyO-ό^^ - diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-2-yl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-carbamic acid benzyl ester (0.63 g, 0.89 mmol) in acetone (10 ml) and 2,2-dimethybxypropane (5 ml) is treated with toluenesulfonic acid (ca.60 mg) and then stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture is basified using ammonium hydroxide and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The crude product is partitioned between DCM and water and the organic portion is washed with brine, dried over MgSO-s filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo to give the titled compound. [MH+ 745].
c) N-{(3aR,4S,6R,6aS>-6-[2-((R>-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethyIamino)-purin- 9-yl]-2r2-dimethyl-tetrahydro-cyclopenta[l,3]dioxol4-yl)^ropionamide:
To a solution of {(R)-l-[9-((3aS,4R,6S,6aR)-2,2-dimethyl-6-propionylamino-tetrahydro- cyc!openta[l,3]dioxol4-yl)-6-(2^ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-2-yl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl}- carbamic acid benzyl ester (0.598 g, 0.79 mmol) in ethanol (7.5 ml) under an inert atmosphere of Argon is added palladium hydroxide on carbon (10 mg). The reaction mixture is purged with Argon and placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen overnight. The mixture is filtered and purified by chromatography on silica during with 5 % MeOH in DCM to yield the titled compound. [MH+ 611].
Preparation of Specific Examples:
Example 1
N-F(lS.2R.3S.4R>-4-(6-Amino-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)-2.3-dihydroxy-cvclopentyll-methane- sulfonamide trifluoroacetate
Bis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-methyll-(2-chloro-9H-purin-6-yl)-amine
2,6-Dichloropurine (9.50 g, 50.29 mmol) is dissolved in THF (200 ml) under an atmosphere of argon. Diisopropylamine (7.14 g, 55.32 mmol) is added followed by C,C-bis-(4-methoxy- phenyi)-methylamine (see preparation of intermediates) (12.22 g, 50.29 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at 500C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 5 days. The solvent is removed in vacuo and replaced with MeOH (250 mL). The resulting precipitate is filtered off and dried to give the title compound. Η nmr (d<?-DMSO, 400 MHz); 8.20(br s, IH), 7.25(d, 4H), 6.90(d, 4H), 3.75(s, 6H), 3.15(m, IH), MS (ES+)m/e 396 (MH+).
(lS.4Ry4-(6-(fBis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-methyl]-amino}-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)-cvclopent-2-enol Bis-(4-methoxy-phenyI)-methyl]-(2-chloro -9H-purin-6-yl)-amine (13 g, 32.87 mmol) is placed in an oven-dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry deoxygenated THF (100 ml) and dry DMSO (2 ml) are added and the suspension is cooled on an ice-bath. Sodium hydride 95% (0.79 g, 32.87 mmol) is then slowly added and the solution is stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. (lS,4R)-cis 4-Acetoxy-2-cyclopenten-l-ol (4.9 g. 34.5 mmol) and triphenyl- phosphine (1.36 g, 5.17 mmol) are placed in an oven-dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry deoxygenated THF (50 ml) is added. This solution is added to the anion solution via syringe. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (2 g, 1.73 mmol) is then added and the mixture is stirred at 500C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 2 hours. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The residue is taken up in methanol (50 ml) and the resulting precipitate is filtered off and dried to give the title compound. <H nmr (CDCl3, 400 MHz); 9.10(m, IH), 8.10(m, IH), 7.30(d, 4H), 6.90(d, 4H), 6.55(d, IH), 6.20(m, IH), 5.95(m, IH), 5.40(m, IH), 5.30(d, IH), 4.70(m, IH), 3.70(s, 6H), 2.90(m, IH), 1.70(m, IH), MS (ES+)m/e 478 (MH-). Carbonic acid (lS,4R)-4-(6-{[bis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-methyl]-ainino)-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)- cyclopent-2-enyl ester ethyl ester
(lS,4R)-4-(6-{[Bis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-methyl]-amino)-2-chloro -purin-9-yl)-cyclopent-2-enol (8.00 g, 16.75 mmol) is placed in an oven -dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry pyridine (80 ml) is added followed by diisopropylamine (16 ml). A catalytic amount of DMAP is added followed by 3-oxy-benzotriazole-l-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (6.94 g, 33.50 mmol, see preparation of intermediates). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by TLC after 18 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate (500 ml) and 2M HCl (200 ml). The organic layer is washed with water (150 ml) and brine (150 ml), dried over MgSCV filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The title compound is obtained after purification by flash column chromatography (silica, dichloromethane / methanol 50:1). 1H nmr (CDCh, 400 MHz); 7.80(s, IH), 725(d of d, 4H), 6.85(d of d, 4H), 6.65(m, IH), 6.50(m, IH), 6.35(m, IH), 6.15(m, IH), 5.65(m, 2H), 4.25(q, 2H), 3.80(s, 6H), 3.10(m, IH), 1.95(m, IH), 1.35(t, 3H). [Bis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-methyl|-(2-chloro-9-f(lR.4SV4-(di-Boc-amino)-cvclopent-2-envπ-9H- purin-6-yl}-amine
Carbonic acid (lS,4R)4-(6-{[bis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-methyl]-amino}-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)- cyclopent-2-enyl ester ethyl ester (2.00 g, 3.64 mmol), di-t-butyl iminodicarboxylate (0.87 g, 4.00 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.14 g, 0.55 mmol) are placed in an oven-dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry deoxygenated THF (20 ml) is added followed by tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.21 g, 0.18 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 3 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by flash column chromatography (silica, iso -hexane / ethyl acetate 4:1).1H nmr (CDCb, 400 MHz); 8.20(s, IH), 7.25(d, 4H), 6.85(d, 4H), 6.60(m, IH), 6.35(m, IH), 6.10(m, IH), 5.80(m, IH), 5.65(m, IH), 5.35(m, IH), 3.80(s, 6H), 3.15(m, IH), 2.10(m, IH), 1.55(s, 18H).
qR.2S.3R.5S)-3-(6-(fBis-(4-πiethoχy-phenyl)-fnethyll-amino)-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)-5-(di^oc- amino )-cyclopentane-0-diol
[Bis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-methyl]-{2-chloro-9-[(lR,4S)-4-(di-Boc-amino)-cyclopent-2-enyl]-9H- purin-6-yl}-amine (0.75 g, 1.11 mmol) is dissolved in THF (15 ml). N-Methylmorpholine N- oxide (0.26 g, 2.22 mmol) is added followed by osmium tetroxide (1.5 ml, 4% in water). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 18 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by flash column chromatography (silica, dichloromethane / methanol 50:1). 1H nmr (CDCl3, 400 MHz); 7.75(s, IH), 7.25(m, 4H), 6.85(m, 4H), 6.60(m, 2H), 5.70(m, IH), 4.70(m, 2H), 4.60(m, IH), 4.45(m, IH), 3.80(s, 6H), 3.70(m, IH), 3.40(m, IH), 3.25(m, IH), 2.65(m, IH), 2.50(m, IH), 1.55(s, 18H).
(lS.2R.3S.5R)-3-Amino-5-(6-amino-2-chloro-purin-9-vπ-cyclopentane-12 -diol trifluoroacetate (lR,2S,3R,5S)-3-(6-([Bis-(44Tiethoxy-phenyl)-methyl]-amino)-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)-5-(di^oc- amino )-cyclopentane-l,2-diol (600 mg, 0.84 mmol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (4 ml). TFA (2 ml) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 18 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water -0.1% TFA). Η nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.10(s, IH), 4.80(m, IH), 4.60(m, IH), 4.30(m, IH), 3.60(m, IH), 2.85(m, IH), 2.30(m, IH). MS (ES+) tn/e 285 (MH*).
N-[(lS,2R,3S,4RH-(6-Amino-2-chloroi)urin-9-yl)-2,3-<lihydroxy-cyclopentyl]-methane- sulfonamide trifluoroacetate
(lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-Amino-5-(6-amino-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)-cyciopentane-lr2-dioI trifluoroacetate (20 mg, 39 μmol) and diisopropylethylamine (25 mg, 190 μmol) are placed in a flask with dry THF (1 ml). Mesyl chloride (4.5 mg, 39μmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 3 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water - 0.1% TFA). MS (ES+) mle 363 (MH*).
Example 2
N-f(lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-Amino-2-phenethylamino-purin-9-ylV-23-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyn- propionamide trifluoroacetate
N-[(lS.2R.3S.4R)-4-(6-Amino-2-ch]oro-purin-9-yl)-2.3-dihydroxy-cvclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate
(lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-Amino-5-(6-amino-2-chIoro-purin-9-yl)-cyclopentane-l^-diol trifluoroacetate (intermediate for preparing Example 1) (20 mg, 39 μmol) and diisopropylethylamine (25 mg, 190 μmol) are placed in a flask with dry THF (ImI). Propionyl chloride (3.6 mg, 39 μmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 3 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained, which can be purified by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ Cl 8, 0 - 100% acetonitrile in water -0.1% TFA). Η nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.10(s, IH), 4.75(m, IH), 4.60(m, IH), 4.20(m, IH), 4.00(m, IH), 3.75(m, IH), 3.25(m, IH), 2.85(m, IH), 2.40(q, 2H), 2.10(m, IH), 1.20(t, 3H), MS (ES+) m/e 341 (MH*).
N -[( 1 S.2R.3S.4RV4-(6- Amino-2 -phenethylamino -purin-9 -yl )-2.3 -dih ydroxy-cvclopentylT- propionamide trifluoroacetate
N-[(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-(6- Amino-2 -chloro^)urin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]-propionamide obtained directly in the previous step without purification (10.6 mg, 31 μmol) and phenethyl- amine (19 mg, 150 μmol) are placed in a 0.5-2.5 ml microwave vial. Dichlorobenzene (0.5 ml) is added and the reaction mixture is microwaved in a Personal Chemistry Emrys™ Optimizer microwave reactor at 2400C. The reaction is shown to be complete by Liquid Chromato- graphy-Mass Spectrometry (LCMS) after 1 hour. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water -0.1% TFA). Η nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.05(s, IH), 7.40-715(m, 5H), 4.70(m, IH), 4.55(m, IH), 4.10(m, 2H), 3.70(m, 4H), 3.15(m, IH), 2.95(m, 4H), 2.70(m, IH), 2.20(m, 2H), 2.00(m, IH), 1.20(t, 3H), MS (ES+) m/e 426 (MH+).
Example 3
N-r(lS.2R.3S.4RV4-/6-Amino-2-hex-l-vnyl^purin-9-yl)-23 -dihvdroxy-cvclopentyll- propionamide trifluoroacetate
N-[(lS,2R,3S,4RH-(6-Amino-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]-propionamide (10.6mg, 31 μmol), 1-hexyne (25.4mg, 310μmol), copper (I) iodide (1.5mg, 7.75 μmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (5.5mg, 7.75μmol), triphenylphosphine (4.0mg, 15.5μmol), diethylamine (0.4mL) and DMF (0.2mL) are placed in a 0.5-2.5mL microwave vial. The reaction mixture is microwaved in a Personal Chemistry Emrys™ Optimizer microwave reactor at 120<C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 1 hour. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water- 0.1% TFA.). MS (ES+) mfe 387 (MH*).
Example 4
N-tdS^R^S^RM^-Chloro-ό-α^-diphenyl-ethylaminot^urin^-yll^J-dihvdroxy- cvclopentyll-propionamide
(lSΛRH-te.ά-Dichlop-purin^-yπ-cvclopent^-enol
2,6-Dichloropurine (10 g, 52.90 mmol), (lS,4R>-cis 4-acetoxy-2-cyclopenten-l-ol (10 g. 70.40 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (3.20 g, 3.50 mmol) and polymer supported triphenylphosphine (3 mmol/g, 11.60 g, 35.00 mmol) are placed in an oven-dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry deoxygenated THF (80 ml) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred gently for 5 minutes. Triethylamine (20 ml) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 500C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 1 hour. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool, filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The title compound is obtained after purification by flash column chromatography (silica, dichloromethane / methanol 25 :1). 1H nmr (CDCb, 400 MHz); 8.30(s, IH), 6.40(m, IH), 5.90(m, IH), 5.50(m, IH), 4.95(m, IH), 3.05(m, IH), 2.10(m, IH), MS (ES+) m/e 271 (MH*).
Carbonic acid (lS.4R)-4-(2.6-dichloro-purin-9-yl)-cyclopent-2-enyl ester ethyl ester (lS^R^-^jδ-DichloD-purin^-ylJ-cyclopent-^-enol (9.5 g, 35.05 mmol) is placed in an oven- dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry THF (20OmL) is added followed by dry pyridine (5.54 g, 70.1 mmol). Ethyl chloroformate (15.21 g, 140.2 mmol) is added slowly so that the temperature does not rise above 400C and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 1 hour. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is partitioned between dichloromethane (20OmL) and water (20OmL). The organic layer is washed with water (150 ml) and brine (150 ml), dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The title compound is obtained after crystallisation from methanol. 1H nmr (CDCb, 400 MHz); 8.20(s, IH), 6.45(m, IH), 6.25(m, IH), 5.75(m, IH), 5.70(m, IH), 4.25(q, 2H), 3.20(m, IH), 2.05(m, IH), 1.35(t, 3H), MS (ES+) m/e 343 (MH*).
Di-Boc-[YlS.4R)-4-(Z6-dichloro -purin-9-yl)-cvclopent-2-enyl]-amine
Carbonic acid (lS,4R)-4-(2,6-dichloro-purin-9-yI)-cyclopent-2-enyI ester ethyl ester (2.5 g, 7.29 mmol), di-t-butyl iminodicarboxylate (1.74 g, 8.02 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)- dipalladium(O) (0.33 g, 0.36 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.29 g, 1.09 mmol) are placed in an oven-dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry deoxygenated THF (30ml) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 3 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by flash column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate / isohexane 4:1) 1H nmr (CDCl3, 400 MHz); 8.70(s, IH), 6.20(m, IH), 5.85(m, IH), 5.80(m, IH), 5.40(m, IH), 3.20(m, lH), 2.15(m, IH), 1.55(s, 18H), MS (ES+) m/e 470 (MH*).
(lS.2R.3S.5R)-3-(DhBoc-aminoy-5-(2.6-dichloro-purin-9-yl)<yclopentane-U-diol
The title compound is prepared fromdi-Boc-[(lS,4R)-4-(2,6-dichloro-purin-9-yl)-cyclopent-2- enyl]-amine using a procedure analogous to that use to prepare (lR,2S,3R,5S)-3-(6-{[bis-(4- methoxy-phenyl)-methyl]-amιno}-2-chIoro-purin-9-yl)-5-(di-Boc-amino)-cyclopentane-lyZ -diol 1H nmr (CDCb, 400 MHz); 8.35(s, IH), 4.80(m, IH), 4 70(m, IH), 4 50(m, IH), 3.85(m, IH), 3.75(m, IH), 3.10(m, IH), 2.75(m, IH), 2.55(m, IH), 1 55(s, 18H), MS (ES+) mle 504 (MH*)
(1S,2R]λ*<) ^R )-3-Aminn-5-(7.l(ϊ-<iιchlnrn-piirιn-9-yl)-ryrlnppntanp-1,2-dinl rπfliinroarpfare The title compound is prepared from (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-(di-Boc-amino)-5-(2,6-dichloro-puπn-9- yl)-cyclopentane-l,2-diol using a procedure analogous to that used to prepare (lS,2R3S,5R)-3 - amino -5-(6-amino-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)-cycIopentane-l,2 -diol tπfluoroacetate in Example 1 . MS (ES+) tn/e 304 (MH*).
N-f(lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(2.6-Pichloro-purin-9-yπ-2.3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]-propionamide The title compound is prepared from (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-5-(2,6-dichloro-purin-9-yl)- cyclopentane-l,2-diol tπfluoroacetate and propionyl chloride using a procedure analogous to that used to prepare N-[(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-(6-amino-2-chloro^unn-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentylj-propionamide trifluoroacetate in Example 2. MS (ES+) mle 360 (MH+).
N-f(lS.2R.3S.4RH-f2-Chloro-6-(2^2-dιphenyl-ethylamino)-puπn-9-yl]-2.3-<lihvdrox^ cvclopentvD-propionamide
N-[( 1 S,2R,3S,4R)4-(2,6 -Dichloro -purin-9 -yI)-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl] -propionamide ( 160 mg, 0.44 mmol) is dissolved in THF (5 ml) under an atmosphere of argon. Dusopropylamine (69 mg, 0.53 mmol) is added followed by 2,2-diphenylethylamine (96 mg, 0.49 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at 500C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 2 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C 18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water - 0.1% TFA). ). 'H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.00(s, IH), 7.40-7.15(m, 10H),4.75(m, IH), 4.60(m, IH), 4.50(m, IH), 4.20(m, 3H), 3.95(m, IH), 2.85(m, IH), 2.40(q, 2H), 2.10(m, IH), 1.20 (t, 3H), MS (ES+) mle 521 (MH*)
The final compound of Example 4 may also be prepared using the following process:
(2-Chloro-9-fflR.4S)-4-(di-Boc-amino)-cvclopent-2-enyl|-9H-purin-6-yll-(2^-diphenyl-ethyl)- aminp (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-{Di-Boc-amino)-5-(2,6-dichloro -purin-9-yl)-cyclopentane-l^-diol (13.0g, 27.66 ramol) is dissolved in THF (250 ml) under an atmosphere of argon. Diisopropylamine (4.28 g, 33.19 mmol) is added followed by 2,2 -diphenylethylamine(6.θ g, 30.43 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at 500C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 18 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the reaction mixture is partitioned between dichloromethane (250 ml) and 0.1M HCl (250 ml). The organic layer is washed with water (200 ml) and brine (200 ml), dried over MgSO), filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo to give the title compound. 1H nmr (CDCl3, 400 MHz); 8.05(s, IH), 730-7.10(m, 10H), 6.00(m, IH), 5.70(m, 2H), 5.60(m, IH), 5.20(m, IH), 4.30(m, IH), 4.20(m, IH), 3.65(m, IH), 3.05(m, IH), 2.00(m, IH), 1.70(m, IH), 1.40(s, 18H), MS (ES+)w/e 631 (MH*).
(lR.2S.3R.5S)-3-f2-Chloro -6-(22-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yll-5-(d»-Boc-amino)- cyclopentane-1.2 -diol
The title compound is prepared from{2-chloro-9-[(lR,4S)-4-(dJ-Boc-amino)-cyclopent-2-enyl]- 9H-purin-6-yl}-(2,2-diphenyl-ethyl)-amine using a procedure analogous to that of Prep. 11.1H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.05(s, lH),7.35-7.15(m, 10H), 4.70^.55(m, 4H), 4.50(m, IH), 4.35(m, IH), 4.20(m, 2H), 2.55(m, IH), 2.45(m, IH), 1.60(s, 18H).
(1S,?R;3S,5R )-3-Aminπ-S-[2-rhloro-6-(?J7-diphenyl-<'thylamino)-pιirin-9-yl]-ryrlnpfntaπp-1 ,?.- diol trifluoroacetate
(lR,2S,3R,5S>-3-{2-Chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-5-(di-Boc-amino)- cyclopentane-l,2-diol (10.3 g, 15.50 mmol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml). TFA (25ml) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 2 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo to give the title compound. Η nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 7.90(s, IH), 7.30-7.10(m, 10H), 4.65(m, IH), 4.50(m, IH), 4.40(m, IH), 4.20(m, IH), 4.10(m, 2H), 3.50(m, IH), 2.75(m, IH), 2.15(m, IH), MS (ES+) m/e 465 (MH+).
N-tdS^RJS^RH^-Chloro-ά-α^-diphenyl-ethylaminot-purin^-vπ^J-dihvdroxy- cyclopentvU-propionamide
(lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-Amino-5-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-cyclopentane-l,2- diol trifluoroacetate (9.50 g, 16.42 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (6.36 g, 49.27 mmol) are placed in a flask with dry THF (150 ml). Propionyl chloride (1.52 g, 16.42mmol) is added dropwise and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 1 hour. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is partitioned between dichloromethane (250 ml) and water (250 ml). The organic layer is washed with water (200 ml) and brine (200 ml), dried over MgSθ4, filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The solid is recrystallised from 1,2-dichloroethane to give the title compound.'H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.00(s, IH), 7.40-7.15(m, 10H), 4.75(m, IH), 4.60(m, IH), 4.50(m, IH), 4.20(m, 3H), 3.95(m, IH), 2.85(m, IH), 2.40(q, 2H), 2.10(m, IH), 1.20 (t, 3H), MS (ES+) mle 521 (MH+).
Example 5
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-[2-(4-Amino-cvclohexylamino)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylaminoV-purin-9-yl]- 2.3-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyll-propionamide trifluoroacetate
N-{(lS,2R,3S,4RHK2-Chloro-6-(2yZ-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentylj-propionamide (final compound of Example 4) is reacted with cydohexane-1,4- diamine using a procedure analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 2. MS (ES+) mle 599 (MH+).
The free-base is formed as follows N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R>4-[2-(4-Amino-cyclohexylamino)-6-(2^- diρhenyl-eώylamino)-purm-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide trifluoroacetate (300 mg, 0.50 mmol) is loaded onto DOWEX® 50WX2-200 ion exchange resin (pre-washed with water). The resin is eluted with water until neutral pH and then with methanol: ammonia .880 (1: 1) to elute the free base. ). 1H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 7.65(s, IH), 7.40-7.20(m, 10H), 4.60(m, IH), 4.50(m, 2H), 4.20(m, 3H), 4.05(m, IH), 3.70(m, IH), 2.70(m, 2H), 2.30(q, 2H), 2.20(m, 2H), 2.00(m, IH), 1.95(m, 2H), 1.30 (m, 4H), 1.20 (t, 3H), MS (ES+) mle 599 (MH+).
Example 6
N-{(lS.2R.3S.4RH-f6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylamino>-2^ex-l-ynyl-purin-9-γll-2.3-dihvdroxy- cvclopentyll-propionamide
The title compound is prepared from N-[(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-(2,64)ichloro-purin-9-yl)-2,3- dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-propionamide using a procedure analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 3.
Example 7
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoKZ-f2-(lH-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylaminol-purin-
9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyI)-propionamide
This compound is prepared from N-[(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-(2,6-Dichloro-purin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentylj-propionamide using histamine in a procedure analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 5. Example 8
N-»lS.2R.3S.4RV4-16-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylamino)-2-<2-piperidin-l-yl-ethylaπiino)-purin-9-yll- 2.3-dihvdroxy-cvclopentvU-propionamide
The title compound is prepared using N-(aminoethyl)piperidine in a procedure analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 5. Example 9
N-/<lS.2R.3S.4RV4-i6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoV-2-r2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-4-vn- ethylaminoT-purin-9-yll-2.3-dihydroxy-cvclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate N-{(lS,2R,3S,4RH-[2-Chloro-6-(2^2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3<lihydrox^ cyclopentylj-propionamide (compound of Example 4) (20 mg, 38 μmol) and 2-(l-methyl-lH- imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine (24 mg, 190 μmol) are placed in a 0.5 -2.5 ml microwave vial. Dichlorobenzene (0.5 ml) is added and the reaction mixture is heated using microwave radiation in a Personal Chemistry Emrys™ Optimizer microwave reactorat 2000C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 2 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ Cl 8, 0-100% acetonitrile in water - 0.1% TFA). Η nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); *.80(s, IH), 8.15(s, IH), 7.40-7.20(m, HH), 4.75(m, 2H), 4.50(m, 2H), 4.30(m, IH), 4.10(m, 2H), 3.85(s, 3H), 3.75(m, 2H), 3.10(m, 3H), 2.70(m, IH), 2.25(q, 2H), 1.95(m, IH), 1.30(m, 4H), 1.15(t, 3H), MS (ES+) mle 610 (MH*).
Example 10
N-((lS,2R,3S,4RH-{6-(2,2-Diphenyl-ethylamino>-2-[2-(l-ethyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)- ethylaminol-purin-9-yll-23-dihydroxy-cvclopentvH-propionamide
This compound is prepared from N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylainino)- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyI}-propionamide (compound of Example 4) and 2-(l- ethyHH-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine using a procedure analogous to that of Example 21. MS
(ES+) mle 624 (MH*).
Example 11
N-fαS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethyIaminoK2-f2-(l-isopropyl-lH-iniidazol-4-yl)- ethylaminol-purin-9-yl)-23-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyl)-propionamide
This compound is prepared from N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-23-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide (compound of Example 4) and 2-(l- isopropyl-lH-imidazol4-yl)-ethylamine using a procedure analogous to that of Example 9 for the desired salt. MS (ES+) mle 638 (MH*). Examples 12 and 13
Cydopropanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{2-chloro -6-(2r2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9- yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-amide and N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-Chloro -6-(2,2 -diphenyl- ethylamino)φurin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-butyramide are prepared using a procedure analogous to that of Example 4 in which propionyl chloride is replaces with the appropriate acylating agent
Example 14
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-f2-Chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propγlamino)-purin-9-yll-23-dihvdroχγ- cyclopentyl 1-proρionamide
f(lS.4R)-4-(2.6-Dichloro-purin-9-yl)-cvclopent-2-enyl)-propionyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester The title compound is prepared from carbonic acid (lS,4R)-4-(2,6-dichIoro-purin-9-yl)- cyclopent-2-enyl ester ethyl ester (an intermediate for preparing the compound of Example 4) and prop ionyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (see preparation of intermediates) using a procedure analogous to that of di-Boc-[(lS,4R)-4-(2,6-dichloro-purin-9-yl)-cyclopent-2-enyl]- amine (another intermediate for preparing the compound of Example 4). 1H nmr (CDCh, 400 MHz); 8.70(s, IH), 6.15(m, IH), 5.85(m, IH), 5.80(m, IH), 5.60(m, IH), 3.15(m, IH), 2.75(q, 2H), 2.10(m, IH), 1.55(s, 9H), 1.15(t, 3H), MS (ES+) m/e 426 (MH+).
((lS.4R)-4-f2-Chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-vH<vclopent-2-enyl>-propionyl- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
[(lS,4R)-4-(2,6-Dichloro-purin-9-yl)-cycIopent-2-enyl]-ρropionyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (700 mg, 1.64 mmol) is dissolved in THF (15 ml) under an atmosphere of argon. 3-Pentyl- amine (315mg, 3.61 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 500C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 18 hours. The reaction mixture is partitioned between dichloromethane (50 ml) and 0.1M HCl (50 ml). The organic layer is washed with water (20 ml) and brine (20 ml), dried over MgSO 4, filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo to give the title compound. >H nmr (CDCl3, 400 MHz); 8.10(s, IH), 6.00(m, IH), 5.70(m, IH), 5.60(m, 2H), 5.45(m, IH), 4.20(m, IH), 3.65(m, IH), 3.00(m, IH), 2.65(m, 3H), 1.95(m, IH), 1.60(m, 3H), 1.45(s, 9H), 1.10(m, 4H), 0.85(t, 6H), MS (ES+)m/e 477 (MH*).
((lS.2R.3S.4R)-4-f2-Chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2.3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)- propionyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
The title compound is prepared from {(lS,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]- cyclopent-2-enyI}-propionyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester using a procedure analogous to that of (lR^SJR^S^-^-llbis-^HTiethoxy-phenyO-methyll-aminol^-chloro-purin^-yl^-fdi-Boc- aminoJ-cyclopentane-l^-diol (see Example 1). Purification by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water -0.1% TFA). 'H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.10(s, IH), 4.80(m, IH), 4.65(m, IH), 4.35(m, IH), 4.20(m, IH), 2.85(m, 2H), 2.60(m, IH), 2.35(m, IH), 1.70(m, 2H), 1.65(s, 9H), 1.60(m, 2H), 1.15(t, 3H), 0.95(t, 6H).
N-(αS.2R.3S.4RV4-f2-Chloro-6-α-ethyl-propylaminoy-purin-9-vn-2.3-dihvdroxy- cvclopentyl)-propionamide
{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-Chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino>-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}- propionyl-carbamic acid tert -butyl ester (300 mg, 0.59 mmol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (5 ml). TFA (2 ml) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 1 hour. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is partitioned between dichloromethane (50 ml) and saturated NaHCO 3 (50 ml). The organic layer is washed with water (20 ml) and brine (20 ml), dried over MgSO+, filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo to give the title compound. 1H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.05(s, IH), 4.75(m, IH), 4.60(m, IH), 4.20(m, 2H), 4.00(m, IH), 2.90(m, IH), 2.40(q, 2H), 2.10(m, IH), 1.70(m, 2H), 1.60(m, 2H), 1.20(t, 3H), 0.95(t, 6H), MS (ES+) mle 411 (MH*).
Example 15
N-UlS.2R.3S.4RV4-r6-(l-ethyl-propylaminoV2-hex-l-vnyl^urin-9-vn-23 -dihvdroxy- cvclopentyH-propionamide
This compound is prepared from {(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(l-ethyI-propylamino)-purin-9- yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionyl-carbamic acid tert -butyl ester using a procedure analogous to that of Example 3.
Example 16
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-r6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoK2-<(S)-l-hvdroxymethyl-2-phenyl- ethylamino)-ρurin-9-yll-23-dihvdroxy-cvclopentvπ-propionamide N-KlS^R^S^RH-P-Chloro-ό-fZ^-diphenyl-ethylaminoJ-purin^-ylJ^J-dihydroxy- cyciopentylj-propionamide (46.8 mg, 90 μmol) of Example 4, L-phenylalaninol (271 mg, 1.80 mmol) and sodium iodide (6.75 mg, 45 μmol) are placed in a 0.5-2.5 ml microwave vial. Acetonitrile (0.25 ml) and NMP (0.25 ml) are added and the reaction mixture is heated using microwave radiation in a Personal Chemistry Emrys™ Optimizer microwave reactor at 2000C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 1 hour. The title compound is obtained after purification by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0 -100% acetonitrile in water - 0.1% TFA). MS (ES+) We 636 (MH*). Example 17
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-f6-(l-Ethyl-propylamino)-2-(2-piperidin-l-yl-ethylamiπoVpurin-9-yll-23- dihvdroxy-cvclopentyll-propionamide
N-filS^R^S^RH-P-Chloro-ό-ll-ethyl-propylaminoJ-purin^-ylJ-Zβ-dihydroxy-cyclo- pentylj-propionamide (the compound of Example 14) is reacted with l-(2-aminoethyl)- piperidine to give the title compound using a procedure analogous to that of Example 9. MS (ES+) tn/e 503 (MH*).
Example 18
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-f2-f2-α-Ethyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylaminol-6-α-eihvdroxy-cvclopentvII- propionamide
N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-Chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2^-dihydroxy-cyclo- pentylj-propionamide (the compound of Example 14) is reacted with 2-(l-ethyl-lH-imidazol-4- yl)-ethylamine to give the title compound using a procedure analogous to that of Example 9. MS (ES+) m/e 514 (MH*).
Example 19
N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R>4-[2-[2-(l-IsopropylthyHH-imidazoM-yl)-ethylamino]-6-(l-eihydroxy- cγclopentyl}-propionamide
N-{(lS,2R,3S,4RH-[2-Chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propyIamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentyl}-propionamide (the compound of Example 14) is reacted with 2-(l-isopropylethyl- lH-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine to give the title compound using a procedure analogous to that of Example 9. MS (ES+) mJe 528 (MH+).
Example 20
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-[2-(4-Amtno-cvcloheχγlamino)-6-(l-ethyl-propyl amino )-purin-9-vn-23- dihvdroxy-CYclopentyll-propionamide
N-((lS,2R,3S,4RH-[2-ChIoro-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yI]-23-<lihydroxy- cyclopentylj-propionamide (the compound of Example 14) is reacted with trans-1.4- diaminocyclohexaneto give the title compound using a procedure analogous to that of
Example 9. MS (ES+) m/e 489 (MH+).
Example 21
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-Amino-2-f2-(l-ethyl-lH-imidazol-4-vn-ethylaminohPurin-9-yl>-23- dihvdroxy-cvclopentyl)-isoburvτamide N-[(lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-Amino2-chloro-purin-9-yl)-2.3-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyll-isobutyramide (lS^R^S^R^-Amino^-fδ-amino^-chloro-purin^-ylJ-cyclopentane-l^-diol trifluoroacetate (an intermediate for preparing the compound of Example 1) is reacted with isopropionyl chloride to give the title compound using a procedure analogous to that of Example 1. MS (ES+) m/e 355 (MH+).
N-αiS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-Amino-2-f2-(l-ethyl-lH-imidazoM-vn-ethylamino1-purin-9-vU-2.3- dihvdroxy-cyclopentvD-isobutyramide
N-[(lS,2R,3S,4RH-(6-Amino-2-chloro-purin-9-yl)-2^-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]-isobutyramide is reacted with and 2-(l-ethyl-lH-imidazol4-yl)-ethylamine to give the title compound using a procedure analogous to that of Example 9.MS (ES+) m/e 458 (MH+). Example 22
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ((lS,2R,3S,4RH-{6-(2,2<liphenyl-ethylamino)-2-[2-(l-isoproρyl- lH-imidazoM-ylVethylaminol-puim-9-ylK2.3-dmvdroxy-cyclopentyl)-arnide trifluoroacetate
(2-Chloro-9H-purin-6-yl)-(2.2-diphenyl-ethyl)-amine
2,6-Dichloropurine (20.00 g, 106 mmol) is dissolved in THF (250 ml) under an atmosphere of argon. Diisopropyiamine (16.38 g, 127 mmol) is added followed by 2,2-diphenylethylamine (25.00 g, 127 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at 5O0C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 6 hours. 50% of the solvent is removed in vacuo and replaced with MeOH. The resulting precipitate is filtered off and dried to give the title compound. Η nmr (dβ-DMSO, 400 MHz); 8.05(br s, IH), 7.35-7.10(m, 10H), 4.55(m, IH), 4.10(m, 2H>, MS (ES+) m/e 350 (MH+).
(lS.4RV4-f2-Chloro-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-vπ-cvclopent-2-enol (2-Chloro-9H-purin-6-yl)-(2,2-diphenyl-ethyi)-amine (12.92 g, 36.97 mmol) is placed in an oven-dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry deoxygenated THF (100 ml) and dry DMSO (2 ml) are added and the suspension is cooled on an ice-bath. Sodium hydride 95% (0.89 g, 36.97 mmol) is then slowly added and the solution is stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. (lS,4R)-cis 4-Acetoxy-2-cyclopenten-l-ol (5.00 g. 35.20 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (1.38 g, 5.28 mmol) are placed in an oven -dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry deoxygenated THF (50 ml) is added. This solution is added to the anion solution. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (2.03 g, 1.76 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 500C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 3 hours. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool and the solvent is removed in vacuo . The residue is taken up in dichloromethane (50 ml) and poured into vigorously stirring diethyl ether (300 ml). The precipitate is filtered off, the filtrate is taken and the solvent is removed in vacuo to give the title compound. 1H nmr (CDCl3, 400 MHz); 7.65(m, IH), 7.35-7.15(m, 10H), 6.35(m, IH), 5.90(m, IH), 5.80(m, IH), 5.50(m, IH), 5.25(d, IH), 4.85(t, IH), 4.35(t, IH), 4.25(m, 2H), 2.95(m, IH), 2.15(d, IH), MS (ES+) m/e 432 (MH*).
Carbonic acid (lS.4R)4-[2-chloro-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yll-cvclopent-2-enyl ester ethyl ester
(lS,4R)4-[2-Chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-cyclopent-2-enol (3.00 g, 6.95 mmol) is placed in an oven -dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry THF (100ml) is added followed by dry pyridine (1.10 g, 13.90 mmol). Ethyl chloroformate (3.02 g, 27.80 mmol) is added slowly and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by TLC after 4 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is partitioned between dichloromethane (200 ml) and 10% citric acid (200 ml). The organic layer is washed with water (150 ml) and brine (150 ml), dried over MgSO+, filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The title compound is obtained after purification by flash column chromatography (silica, iso-hexane / ethyl acetate 2:1).1H nmr (CDCh, 400 MHz); 7.70(br s, IH), 7.35-7.15(m, 10H), 6.35(m, IH), 6.15(m, IH), 5.80(m, IH), 5.65(m,2H), 4.35(t, IH), 4.25(m, 2H), 4.20(q, 2H), 3.10(m, IH), 1.95(d, IH), 1.30(t, 3H), MS (ES+) m/e 504 (MH*).
9-(<lR.4SV4-(Bis-(tert-butyloxycarbonyl))-amino-cvclopent-2-enyl)-2-chloro-9H-purin-6-vn- {2J. -diphenyl-ethyl)-amine
Carbonic acid (lS,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino>-purin-9-yl]-cyclopent-2-enyl ester ethyl ester (3.2g, 6.3mmol), di-t-butyl imino-dicarboxylate (1.5 g, 7.0 mmol) and triphenyl phosphine (250 mg, 0.95 mmol) are dissolved in degassed THF (30 ml) under an argon atmosphere. Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) (291 mg,0.32 mmol) is added and the mixture is heated at 400C for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient system of ethyl acetate : iso- hexane (0:100 by volume) gradually changing to ethyl acetate : »so-hexane (20:80 by volume) to afford the title compound. LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 631.32
(lS.2R.3S.5R)-3-(Bis-(tert-butyloxycarbonyl))-amino-5-f2-chloro-6-(22 -diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl|-cyclopentane-1.2-diol
A solution of 9-((lR,4S)-4-(Bis-(tert-butyloxycarbonyl))-amino-cyclopent-2-enyl)-2-chloro -9H- purin-6-yi]-(2,2-diphenyl-ethyl)-amine (2.9 g, 4.6 mmol) in THF (60 ml) is treated with 4- methyl morpholine N-oxide (l.lg, 9.3 mmol) and osmium tetroxide (4% solution in water) (6 ml) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient system of methanol : dichloromethane (0:100 by volume) gradually changing to methanol : dichloromethane (4:96 by volume) to afford the title compound. LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 665.34
(lS.2R.3S.5R)-3-Amino-5-f2-chloro-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-cyclopentane-1.2- diol hydrochloride
_(.lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-(Bis-(tert-butyloxycarbonyl))-amino-5-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-cycIopentane-l,2-diol (1.9 g, 2.9 mmol) is dissolved in hydrogen chloride solution (4 M in 1,4-dioxane) (13 ml, 51.2 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by reverse- phase chromatography eluting with a gradient system of acetonitrile (0.1% HCl) : water (0.1% HCl) (0:100 by volume) gradually changing to acetonitrile (0.1% HCl) : water (0.1% HCl) (100:0 by volume) to afford the title compound. LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH+] 465.20
Cyclopro panecarboxylic acid UlS.2R.3S.4R)-4-f2-chloro -6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylaminoVpurin-9- ylJ-^jλ-flihyHroyy-ryrlnppnryll-amiHe
A solution of (lS,2R,3S,5R)θ-Ainino-5-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyI-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]- cyclopentane-l,2-diol hydrochloride (200 mg, 0.4 mmol) in dry THF (2.5 ml) is treated with diisopropylethylamine (0.35 ml, 2 mmol) and cyclopropanecarboxylic acid chloride (0.036 ml, 0.4 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography eluting with a gradient system of acetonitrile (0.1% TFA) : water (0.1% TFA) (0:100 by volume) gradually changing to acetonitrile (0.1% TFA) : water (0.1% TFA) (100:0 by volume) to afford the title compound. LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 533.25 1H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.00(s, IH), 7.40 -7.25(m, 8H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 2H), 4.75(m, IH), 4.60(m, IH), 4.50(m, IH), 4.20(m, 2H), 4.00(m, IH), 2.85(m, IH), 2.10(m, IH), 1.85(m, IH), 0.95-0.80(m, 4H)
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (dS.2R.3S.4R)-4-(6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-2-[2-(l -isopropyl- lH-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamino]-purin-9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-amide trifluoroacetate A solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl- ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-amide (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) in NMP : acetonitrile (1:1) (0.5 ml) is treated with 2-(l-isopropyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol) and the mixture is heated at 2000C for 30 minutes in a Personal Chemistry Emrys™ Optimizer microwave reactor. The reaction mixture is purified by reverse-phase chromatography eluting with a gradient system of acetonitrile (0.1% TFA) : water (0.1% TFA) (0:100 by volume) gradually changing to acetonitrile (0.1% TFA) : water (0.1% TFA) (100:0 by volume) to afford the title compound. LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 650.22
Example 23
Cvclobutanecarboxylic acid (dS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-(2.2-dipheπyl-ethylaminoV-2-f2-(l-isopropyl- lH-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylaminol-purin-9-vU-2.3-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyl)-amide trifluoroacetate
Cyclobutanecarboxylic acid UlS.2R.3S.4R)-4-f2-chIoro-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9- yl1-2.3-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyl)-amide:
A solution of (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-5-[2-chloro-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]- cyclopentane-l,2-diol hydrochloride (an intermediate for preparing Example 22) (100 mg, 0.2 mmol) in dry THF (1 ml) is treated with diisopropylethylamine (0.17 ml, lmmol) and cyclobutanecarboxylic acid chloride (0.023 ml, 0.2 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography eluting with a gradient system of acetonitrile (0.1% TFA) : water (0.1% TFA) (0:100 by volume) gradually changing to acetonitrile (0.1% TFA) : water (0.1% TFA) (100:0 by volume) to afford the title compound (51mg). LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 547.26. "H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.00(s, IH), 7.40-7.25(m, 8H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 2H), 4.70(m, IH), 4.50(m, 2H), 4.20(m, 2H), 3.95(m, IH), 2.85(m, IH), 2.30(m, 2H), 2.20(m, 2H), 2.05(m, 2H), 1.90(m, IH)
Cvclobutanecarboxylic acid (dS.2R.3S.4R)-4-(6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-2-l2-(l-isopropyl- 1 H-imidazol-4 -ylV-ethylamino]-purin -9 -yl)-2.3 -dihvdroxy-cvclopentvP-amide trifluoroacetate The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using cyclobutanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2- diphenyl -ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -d ihydroxycyclopentylj-amide, 2 -(I -isopropyl-lH- imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine (see preparation of intermediates) (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol). LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH+] 664.44
Example 24
N4αS.2R.3S.4RV4-<6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoV2-r2-<l-isopropyl-l H-imidazol-4-vn- ethylaminol-purin-9-vil-2.3-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyl)-butyramide trifluoroacetate N-{(lS,2R,3S,4RH-[2-Chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3<lihydroxy- cvclopentyll-butyramide
The title compound is prepared by the same method as cyclobutanecarboxylic acid {( 1S,2R,3S,4RH -[2-chloro -6 -(2^ -diphenyl-ethyiamino) -purin -9 -yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy- cydopentylj-amide from (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-5-[2-chloro-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-cyclopentane-l,2-diol hydrochloride (an intermediate for preparing the compound of Example 22) and butyryl chloride to afford the title compound (48 mg). LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 535.26. 1H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.00(s, IH), 7.40-7.30(m, 8H), 7.25-7.15 (m, 2H), 4.75(m, IH), 460(m, IH), 4.50(m, IH), 4.20(m, 2H), 3.95(m, IH), 2.85(m, IH), 2.35(m, 2H), 2.05(m, IH), 1.70(m, 2H), 1.00(m, 3H)
N-αiS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-f2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoV-2-f2-(l-isopropyl-lH-imidazoM-yl)- ethylamino]-purin-9-vU-23-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-butyramide trifluoroacetate The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl] -2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl} -butyramide, 2- ( 1 -isopropyl - IH- imidazol-4 -yl)- ethylamine (see preparation of intermediates) (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol). LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 652.44
Example 25
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-{6-(2.2-Diphenyl-€thylaminoV-2-r2-(l-isoproPyl-lH-imidazol-4-vn- ethylamino]^urin-9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-isobutyrainide trifluoroacetate
N-(αS.2R.3S.4RV4-f2-Chloro-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-vn-2.3-dihvdroxy- cvclopentyl I -isobu tyramide
The title compound is prepared by the same method as cyclobutanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chIoro-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclo- pentylj-amide from (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-5-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9- yl]-cyclopentane-l,2-diol hydrochloride (an intermediate for preparing the compound of Example 22) and isobutyryl chloride to afford the title compound. LCMS {electrospray): m/z [MH*] 535.26. 1H nmr (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.00(s, IH), 7.40-7.30(m, 8H), 7.25-7.15 (m, 2H), 4.75(m, IH), 4.60(m, IH), 4.50(m, IH), 4.20(m, 2H), 3.95(m, IH), 2.85(m, IH), 2.70(m, IH), 2.10(m, IH), 1.20 (m,6H)
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RH-<6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoV-2-f2-(l-isopropyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)- ethylaminol-Durin-9-vH-2.3-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyl)-isobutyramide trifluoroacetate The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N-{(lS,2R,3S,4RH-[2-cnloro -6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylarnino)- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-isobutyramide, 2-(l -isopropyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)- ethylamine (see preparation of intermediates) (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol). LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 652.44
Example 26
N-(αS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylamino>-2-r2-α-isopropyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)- ethylaminoT-purin-9-yll-2.3-diivdroxy-cyclopentyl)-2-phenyl-acetamide trifluoroacetate
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RH-f2-Chloro-6-(2α-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yll-2.3 -dihvdroxy- cγclopentyl)-2-phenyl-acetamide
A solution of (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-5-[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino}-purin-9-yl]- cyclopentane-l,2-diol hydrochloride (an intermediate for preparing the compound of Example 22) (lOOmg, 0.2mmol) in dry THF (1 ml) is treated with diisopropylethylamine (0.17 ml, 1 mmol) and phenylacetyl chloride (0.026 ml, 0.2 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (2 ml) and washed with dilute hydrochloric acid (2 ml). The organic layer is separated and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (114 mg). LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 583.27
N-f(lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoV-2-f2-α-isopropyl-lH-imidazol-4-vn- ethylaminoj-purin-9-yl)-2.3-dihydroxy-o»rclopentyl)-2-phenyl-acetamide trifluoroacetate The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chIoro -ό-f^-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2T3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-2-phenyl-acetamide, 2-(l -isopropyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)- ethylamine (see preparation of intermediates) (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol). LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 700.45
Example 27
Cvdobutanecarboxylic acid UlS.2R.3S.4R)-4-f6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino>-2-(2-piperidin -1 -yl- ethylamino>purin-9-yl] -2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl) -amide trifluoroacetate
The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using cydobutanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2- diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2T3-dihydroxycycIopentyl}-amide (an intermediate for preparing Example 23), l-(2-aminoethyl)piperidine (0.057 ml, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol). LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 639.45
Example 28
N -(( 1S.2R.3 S .4R \A-\6- (2.2-Diphenyl-ethylamino V-242 ^iperidin -1 -yl-ethylamino)-purin-9 -yll-
2rλ-dihydrnyy-fyc1npentyl}-hιilyraτnide triflnornarerafe
The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyI-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-butyramide (an intermediate for preparing Example
24), l-(2-aminoethyl)-piperidine (0.057 ml, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol).
LCMS (electrospay): m/z [MH÷J 627.44
Example 29
N-i(lS.2R.3S.4RH-f6-(2.2-Diphenγl-ethylaminoV-2-(2-piperidin-l-Λ4-ethγlamino)-purin-9-vn-
2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-isobutyramide trifluoroacetate
The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro -6-(2r2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-isobutyramide (an intermediate for preparing Example
25), l-(2-aminoethyl)-piperidine (0.057 ml, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol).
LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 627.44
Example 30
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-16-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoV-242 -piperidin 4 -yl-ethylarninoϊ-purin-9-yll-
2.3-dihvdroxy-cyclopentvU-2 -phenyl -acetamide trifluoroacetate
The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2r3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-2-phenytacetamide (an intermediate of Example 26), 1 -
(2-aminoethyl)-piperidine (0.057 ml, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol). LCMS
(electrospray): m/z [MH*] 675.47
Example 31
N-t(lS.2R.3S.4RV4-f6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylamino>-2-(2-piperidin-l-yl-ethylamino)-purin-9-vn-
2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-N'-(2-piperidin-l-yl-ethyl)-oxalamide
Isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid {/lS.2R.3S.4RV4-[2-chloro-6 -(?-,? -diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin -9- yll-2.3-dihvdroxy-cvclopentv^amide The title compound is prepared by the same method as cyclobutanecarboxylic acid {( lS,2R,3S,4RH-[2-chloro -6 -(2^ -diphenyl-ethylamino) -purin-9 -yl]-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentylj-amide from (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-5-[2-chIoro-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-cyclopentane-l,2-diol hydrochloride (an intermediate for preparing the compound of Example 22) and isoxazole-5-carbonyl chloride to afford the title compound. LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 560.28.
N-UlS.2R.3S.4RV4-[6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylamino>-2-(2-piperidin-l-yl-ethylamino)-purin-9-vπ-
2.3-dihvdroxy-cyclopentyl)4NJ'-(2-piperidin-l-yl-ethyl)-oxalamide
The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2- diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-amide, 1 -(2-aminoethyl)- piperidine (51 mg, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol). LCMS (electrospray): m/z
[MH*] 739.55
Example 32
Cvclopropanecarboxylic acid (dS.2R.3S.4RV4-f2-<(R)-3-amino-pyrrolidin -l-yl)-6-(2.2- diphenvI-ethylamino)-purin-9-yll-2.3-dihvdroxy-cyclopentγl)-amide
The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-ό-
(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2^ -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-amide (an intermediate for preparing Example 22), (R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine (34 mg, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg,
0.04 mmol) to give a mixture of two regioisomers which are purified by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ Cl 8, 0-100% acetonitrile in water —0.1% TFA) to give a product which is predominantly cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-((R}-3-amino- pyrrolidin-l -yl)-6-(2y2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2r3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-amide.
LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 583.42
Example 33
Cvdobutanecarboxylic acid ((lS.2R.3S.4R>-4-f2-((R)-3-amino-pyrroiidin-l-yl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl- ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-23-dihvdroxy-cycIopentyll-amide
The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using cyclobutanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2- diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2r3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-amide (an intermediate for preparing Example 23), (R}-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine (34 mg, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg,
0.04 mmol) to give a mixture of two regioisomers which are purified by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ Cl 8, 0-100% acetonitrile in water -0.1% TFA) to give a product which is predominantly cyclobutanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-((R)-3-amino- pyrrolidin-1 -yl)-6-(2,2 -diphenyi-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-amide. LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH^] 597.45
Example 34
N-t(lS.2R3S.4RV4-f2-»RV3-Aπiino-pyiτolidin-l-yl)-6-Q.2κliphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yll- 2.3 -dihydroxy-cvclopentyπ-2 -phenyl -acetatnide
The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-2-phenyl-acetamide (an intermediate for preparing Example 26), (R)-ρyrrolidin-3-ylamine (34 mg, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol) to give a mixture of two regioisomers which are purified by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water -0.1% TFA) to give a product which is predominantly N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-((R)-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2^-diphenyl- ethyIamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-2-phenyl-acetamide. LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MHi 633.46
Example 35
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-r2-((R)-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]- 2.3 -dihydrox v-cydopentyl 1 -3 -phenyl -propionamide
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-f2-Chloro-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-23-<lihvdroxy- cyclopenryl}-3-phenyl- propionamidf»
A solution of (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-5-[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]- cyclopentane-l,2-diol hydrochloride (an intermediate for preparing the compound of Example 22) (lOOmg, 0.2mmol) in dry THF (1 ml) is treated with diisopropylethylamine (0.17 ml, 1 mmol) and 3-phenyl-propionyl chloride (0.03 ml, 0.2 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (2 ml) and washed with dilute hydrochloric acid (2 ml). The organic layer is separated and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound. LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 597.32
N-(αS.2R.3S.4RV4-[2-((R>-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl1- 2.3-dihvdroxy-cyclopenryll-3-phenyl-propionamide The title compound is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N-{( 1 S,2R,3 S,4R)-4 -[2-chloro -6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2r3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-3-phenyl-propionamide, (R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine (34 mg, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol) to give a mixture of two regioisomers which are purified by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water - 0.1% TFA) to give a product which is predominantly N-{(1S,2R,3S,4R)- 4-|2-((R)-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-^-(2^ -diphenyl-ethylamino>-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentyl}-2-phenyl-acetamide. LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 647.47
Examples 36a and 36b
N-{(lS.2R.3S.4R>4-f2-((lS.3R)-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l-vH-6-α^ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin- 9-yll-2.3 -dihvdroxy-cyclopentylV-propionamide and
N-f(lS.2R.3S.4RV4-f6-(2.2-diphenyl-€thylamino)-2-/(R)-pyrrolidin-3-yl-amino )-purin-9-vn- 2,3-dihydroxy-cydopentyl}-propionamide
Figure imgf000073_0001
These compound s are prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare the compound of Example 22 using N-{(1S,2R,3S,4R)4 -[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyI-ethylamino)- purin-9-yl]-2r3-dihydroxy-cycIopentyl}-propionamide (an intermediate for preparing Example 16), (R}-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine (34 mg, 0.4 mmol) and sodium iodide (6 mg, 0.04 mmol) to give a mixture of two regioisomers, namely N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-((lS,3R)-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l- yl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 <iihydroxy-cyclopentyI)-propionamide (Example 36a) and N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 2-((R)-pyrrolidin-3-yI- amino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cycbpentyl)-propionamide (Example 36b), which are purified by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ Cl 8, 0-100% acetonitrile in water - 0.1% TFA) to give a product which is predominantly N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-|2-((R)-3- Amino-pyrrolidin-l -yl)-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxv-cyclopen-yl}- propionamide . LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MH*] 571.41 Example 37 a and 37b
N-f(lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-α.2-DiDhenyl-€thylaminoV2-{(lS.3R)-3-f3-B.4.S.6-tetrahvdro-2H- fl^'lbipYridinyl^-vD-ureidoT-pyrrolidin-l-vH-purin^-vπ^J-dihvdroxy-cvclopentvn- propionamide and
(R)-3-f9-»lR.2S.3R.4S)-23-Dihvdroxy-4^)ropionylamino-cvdopentyl)-6-(2^-diphenyl- efhylaminf>)-9H-piirin-2-ylaminr>]-pyrrnliHine-1-rarhnγylir arid (3,4,5,6 -tetτahyHrn-2H-[1 ,2'] bipyridinyl-4-yl)-amide
Figure imgf000074_0001
N-{(lS,2R,3S,4RH-[2-((R>-3-Aminoi)yrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]- 2,3-dihydroxy<yclopentyl}-propionamide (30 mg, 0.04 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (2 ml) and PrOH (1 ml). N-fl-β-PyridinylH-P'peridinylJ-lH-imidazole-l-carboxamide (prepared using the procedure described in international patent application WO 01/94368) (12 mg, 0.044 mmol) is added as a solution in dichloromethane. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 24 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo. The title compounds exist as a mixture of two regioisomers, namely N-[(lS,2R,3S,4RH-(6-(2,2-Diphenyl-ethylamino>-2-{(lS,3R)-3-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H- [l,2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)-ureido]-pyrrolidin-l-yl}-purin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]- propionamide (Example 37a) and (R)-3-[9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3 J)ihydroxy-4-propionylarnino- cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-2-ylamino}-pyrrolidine-l -carboxylic acid (3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[l,2']bipyridinyH-yI)-amide (Example 37b), and are separated by flash column chromatography (Isolute™ Cl 8, 0-100% acetonitrile in water). LCMS (electrospray): m/z [MHi 596.42
The structures of the compounds of Example 37a and 37b are assigned using secondary isotope effects in NMR Spectroscopy . Isotope effects are well established in NMR spectroscopy (B. A. Bernheim and H. Batiz-Hernandez, Prog. Nucl. Magn. Resort. Spectrosc. 3, 63-85 [1967]). Primary isotope effects have been widely studied (LJ. Altman et al. /. Am. Chetn. Soc. 100, 8264-8266 [1978]), but it is the secondary isotope shift that has provided important structural information. These secondary isotope effects are observed in the 1H or X-nucleus (usually 13C) NMR spectra of partially deuterated compounds, a technique known as SIMPLE (Secondary /sotope Multiplets of Partially Labelled Entities). Partial deuteration of exchangeable protons in molecules permits direct observation of the different isotopomers measured under conditions of slow exchange, and the resonance lines separations can be analyzed in terms of two -bond and three-bond isotope effects that contribute to the deuterium-induced secondary isotope shift. For example, signals from single carbon atoms are observed as a series of multiplets with intensity ratios that vary quantitatively with Η:2H ratios. The magnitude of the two- and three-bond effects vary with the configuration of the carbons, and also the substitution and hydrogen bonding of these exchangeable groups. It is these signal multiplet formations and magnitude of isotope effects are used to unambiguously assign and confirm the structures of Example 37a and Example 37b.
The proton and carbon spectra of the two molecules are assigned by means of standard 1- and 2-D techniques, based on the proposed structures. The two urea carbonyls have a shift of 157.38 ppm in Example 37a and 156.34 ppm in Example 37b respectively. Both carbonyl moieties are bonded to two nitrogen atoms, however the key difference is that Example 37 a is bonded to two NH groups, while the equivalent carbonyl in Example 37b is bonded to one NH group and to the fully substituted nitrogen of the proline ring.
Careful titration of deuterium oxide into the two samples results in an approximate 50:50 ratio of protonated and deuterated exchangeable moieties. The titration is monitored by means of 1H NMR, measuring the integrals of the exchangeable protons on addition of 1 μl aliquots of DiO. High-resolution 13C spectra are then run on both samples. The linkage carbonyl of Example 37 a shows a triplet structure, which can only arise from the existence of two partially deuterated groups within two bonds (the triplet consists of NHCONH, [NDCONH/NDCONH] and NDCOND carbon resonances). However, the equivalent carbon in Example 37b consists of a doublet structure, confirming that this linkage carbonyl is bonded to only one NH grouping thus confirming its structure.
Example 38
9-((lR.2S.3R.4S)-2.3-Dihydroxy-4-propionylamino-cvclopentγl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-B -(3.4.5.6-tetrahvdro-2H-f 1.2]bipyridinyl-4-yl)ureidol-ethylK amide 6-(2J.-Diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester 6-(2,2-Diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-pur!ne-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (prepared using the procedure described in international patent application WO 2001/94368) (35 g, 85.3 mmol) is placed in a flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry CHCh (300 ml) and N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (61 ml) are added and the reaction mixture is refluxed for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool and any volatiles removed in vacuo. To the resulting oil is added MeOH (300 ml). The resulting white solid is filtered and washed with MeOH (2 x 200 ml) and then dried in a vacuum oven to give the title compound. 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz).
6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethyfamino)-9-((lR.4S)-4 -hydroxy- cvclopent-2-enyl)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
To 6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxyHc acid methyl ester (5g 13.4mmol) under an atmosphere of argon is added dry deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) and dry dimethyl sulfoxide (2 ml). Sodium hydride 95% (0.32 g, 13.4 mmol) is then added and the solution is stirred at 4O0C. Separately to (lS,4R)-cis 4-acetoxy-2-cydopenten-l-ol (1.89 g. 13.4 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.53 g, 2.0 mmol) in dry deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) is added tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.69 g, 0.67 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. This solution is added to the anion solution via syringe and the resulting mixture is then stirred at 800C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 2 hours. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool, methanol is added and a solid is filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo and the title compound is obtained by precipitation from dichloromethane/hexane. 'H NMR (MeOD, 400 MHz); 8.15(s, IH), 7.40- 7.15(m, 10H), 6.20(m, IH), 5.95(m, IH), 5.50(m, 2H), 4.75(m, 2H), 4.55(m, IH), 4.10(m 2H), 3.90(s, 2H), 3.80(s, IH), 2.9(m, IH), 1.75(m, IH).
6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylamino)-9-((lR.4S)-4-ethoxycarbonyloxy-cyclopent-2-enyl)-9H-purine-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester
6-(2^-Diphenyl-ethylamino)-9-((lR,4S)44iydroxy-cyclopent-2-enyl)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (2.80 g, 6.14 mmol) is placed in an oven-dried flask under an atmosphere of argon. Dry tetrahydrofuran (30 ml) is added followed by dry pyridine (0.97 g, 12.3 mmol). Ethyl chloroformate (2.66 g, 24.6 mmol) is added slowly and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 3 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is partitioned between dichloromethane (200 ml) and IM HCl (2x 200 ml). The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (2 x 200 ml), water (2 x 100 ml), brine (2 x 100 ml), dried over MgSCK filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The title compound is obtained after purification by flash column chromatography (silica, 4% MeOH in dichloromethane). MS (ES+) mle 528.3 (MH*).
9-((lR.4S)-4-Di-teit-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopent-2-enyl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H- pnrinfi-2-carhnγylic acid mpfhyl esfer
6-(2r2-Diphenyl-ethylamino)-9-((lR,4S)-4-ethoxycarbonyloxy-cyclopent-2-enyl)-9H-purine-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester (2.2 g, 4.2 mmol) is dissolved in deoxygenated tetrahydrofuran. The resultant solution is stirred under an atmosphere of argon at room temperature. Di-t-butyi iminodicarboxylate (0.9 g, 4.2 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.16 g, 0.63 mmol) and triethylamine (0.42 g, 4.2 mmol) are added followed by tris(dibenzylideneacetone) - dipalladium(O) (0.22 g, 0.21 mmol). The reaction mixture is then stirred at 45°C for 4 hours, allowed to cool to room temperature, methanol is added and the reaction mixture filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The resultant oil is purified by column chromatography (silica, 80% ether in hexane) to yield the title compound, MS (ES+) mle 536.4 (MH+).
9-((lR.2S.3R.4S)4-Di-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2.3-dihvdroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2JZ-diphenyl- ethylaminoV-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
The title compound is prepared from 9-((lR,4S)-4-di-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopent-2- enyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester using a procedure analogous to that of (lR,2S,3R,5S)-3-[2-chloro -6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-5-(di- Boc-amino)-cyclopentane-l,2-diol. MS (ES+) mle 689.4 (MH*).
9-((lR.2S.3R.4SH-Amino-2.3-dihydroxy<vclopentyl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H- purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
9-(( lR,2S,3R,4S)-4 -D i-tert-butoxycarbonylamino -2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyI- ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester(0.5 g, 0.73 mmol) is dissolved in dioxane and stirred under an atmosphere of argon. 4M HCl in dioxane (3.68 ml, 14.5 mmol) is added and the resultant solution is stirred for 20 hours then concentrated in vacuo. The title compound is obtained by flash column chromatography (Isolute™ Cl 8, 0-100% acetonitrile in water). MS (ES+) mle 489.3 (MH*).
9-((lR.2S.3R.4SV-2.3-Dihydroxy-4-propionylamino-cvclopentyl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-,4-Amino-2^ -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H- purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (200 mg, 0.36 mmol) is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5 ml). Diisopropylethylamine (0.16 ml, 0.9 mmol) is added and the solution is stirred for 10 minutes. Propionyl chloride (33 mg, 0.36 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction is quenched with methanol and the title compound is obtained by flash column chromatography (Isolute™ Cl 8, 0 -100% acetonitrile in water). MS (ES+) mle 545.3 (MH*).
9-((lR.2S.3R.4S)-2.3-Dihvdroxy4-propionylamino-cvclopentyl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylaminoV 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-amino-ethyl)-amide
9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-Dihydroxy-4^»ropionylamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethyIamino)- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (62 mg, 1.0 mmol) is dissolved in ethylene diamine (3.4 ml, 51 mmol) and the solution is stirred at 1050C. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 45 minutes. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the title compound is obtained after purification by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water). MS (ES+) mle 573.4 (MH*).
9-((lR.2S.3R.4S)-2.3-dihvdroxy-4-propionylamino-cvclopentyl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-f3 -(3.4.5.6-tetrahvdro-2H-H.2|bipyridinyl-4-vπureidol-ethyl>- amide
9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-Dihydroxy-4-propionylamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino}- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-amino-ethyl)-amide (25 mg, 0.044 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (2 ml) and PrOH (1 ml). N-[l-(2-Pyridinyl)4-piperidinyl]-lH-imidazole-l- carboxamide (prepared using the procedure described in international patent application WO 01/94368) (12 mg, 0.044 mmol) is added as a solution in dichloromethane. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature. The reaction is shown to be complete by LCMS after 24 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo . The title compound is obtained by flash column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water). MS (ES+) mle 388.7 (MH*).
An alternative method for preparing the compound of Example 38 is described below:
9-f(lR.4SM-(tert-Butoχycarbonyl-propionyl-amino)-cyclopentr2-enyl|-6
-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
This compound, which is the trifluoroacetate salt of the final compound of Example 37, is prepared using a method that is analogous to that used to prepare 9-((lR,4S)-4-Di-tert- butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopent-2-enyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester by replacing di-t-butyl iminodicarboxylate with propionyl-carbamic acid tert- butyl ester. 9-f(lR.2S.3R.4S)4-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl-propionyl-amino)-2.3-dihydroxy-cvclopentvπ-6-(2J- diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2<arboxylic acid methyl ester
To a stirred suspension comprising 9 -[(lR,4S)-4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-propionyl-amino)- cyclopent-2-enyl]-6-(2r2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxyIic acid methyl ester (6.6 g, 10.82 mmol), methane sulphonamide (1.03 g, 10.82 mmol) and AD-mix-a (16.23 g) in t- butanol (40 ml) and water (40 ml) is added osmium tetroxide (3 ml of a 4% solution in water). The reaction mixture is stirred vigorously for 36 hours. The reaction mixture is partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the organic portion is dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated in vacuo. The titled product is precipitated from methanol. Further product is derived from the mother liquor by chromatography on silica eluting with DCM : methanol (25:1).
((lS.2R.3S.4RH-r2-(2-Amino-ethvIcarbamoyπ-6-(22 -diphenyl-ethylamin o)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
This compound is prepared analogously to 9 -((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-propionylamino- cyclopentyl)-6-(2^ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-amino -ethyl) -amide by replacing 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2r3 -dihydroxy-4-propionylamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2^-diphenyl- ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester with 9-[(lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-(tert-butoxy- carb onyl-propionyl-amino)-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]-^-(2^ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H- purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester.
( lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6 -12.2 -Diphenyl-ethylamino)-2-(2-f3 -G.4.5.6-tetrahvdro-2H- f 1.2 '1 bipyridinyl -4-yl)-ureido]-ethylcarbamoyl >-purin-9 -yl )-2.3 -dihydroxy-cvclopenty I]- carbamic acid tert-butvi ester
This compound is prepared analogously to 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-propionylamino- cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid {2-[3-(3,4,5,6 -tetra- hydro-2H-[l,2]bipyridinyM-yl)ureido]-ethyl}-amide by replacing 9 -((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3- dihydroxy-4-propionylamino<yclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-amino-ethyl)-amide with {(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-(2-Amino-ethylcarbamoyl)-6-(2,2 - diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester.
9-((lR^S,3R,4SH-Amino-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopenty!)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-et hylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-f3-(3.4.5.6-tetrahvdro -2H-f 1.2'1bipyridinyl-4-yl)- ureido ]-ethyH -amide dihydrochloride
This compound is prepared analogously to 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-Amino-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentyl)-6-{2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester by replacing 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-Di-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2- diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester with (lS,2R,3S,4R}4-(6-(2,2- Diphenyl-ethylamino)-2-{2-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydro -2H-[l,2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)-ureido]- ethylcarbamoyl}-purin-9-yl)-2r3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester.
9-((1 R)?S,3R,4S)-?,3-r)ihydrnyy-4-prnpinnylaminn-ryrlnppntyl)-<i-(?.l7-diphenyl-erhylaminnV 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-β-f3.4.5.6-tetrahvdro-2H-fl.21bipyridinyl-4-yl)ureido]-ethyll- amide trifluoroacetate
This compound is prepared analogously to 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-propionyIamino- cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H^»urine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester by replacing 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-,4-amino-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrochloride with 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-Amino-2-3 - dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxyIic acid (2-[3- (3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[l,2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)-ureido]-ethyl}-amide dihydrochloride.
Example 39
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoW2-f(R)-3-((R>-3-pyrrolidin-3-ylureidoV ρyrrolidin-1 -yli-purin -9-yl}-23-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyl)-proρionamide trifluoroacetate This compound is prepared analogously to Example 22 by replacing cyclopropane carboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4RH-[2-chloro -6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentylj-amide withN-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9- yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-propionamide and by replacing 2 -(I -isop ropyl-1 H-imidazoW - yl)-ethylamine with l,3-di(R)-pyrrolidin-3-yl-urea.
Example 40
Cvdobutanecarboxylic acid f(lS.2R.3S.4R)-4-(6-(2JZ-diphenyl-ethylaminoV-2-((R)-3-|3 - <3.4.5.6-tetrahvdro-2H-[1.2']bipyridinγl-4-γI)-ureido]-pyrrolidin-l-γl}-purin-9-yl)-23- dihvdroxy-cvclopentYll- amide trifluoroacetate
A mixture comprising cyclobutanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R}4-[2-((R)-3-amino- pyrrolidin-1 -yl)-6-(2^ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl) -amide dihydrochloride (0.02 g, 0.03 mmol),TEA (0.09ml, 0.06 mmol) in iso^propanol (0.5 ml) is treated with imidazole-1 -carboxylic acid (3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[l,2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)-amide (0.04 ml of a 10 mg/ml solution in DCM, 0.03 mmol). After the reaction mixture has stirred at room temperature overnight, the solvent is removed in vacuo and purification of the crude by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water - 0.1% TFA) yields the titled product. Example 41
9 - f ( 1 R.2S.3R.4S )-4 -(Cyclobutanecarbonyl-amino Yl .3-dihvdroxy-cvdopentyll-6422 -diphenyl - ethylaminoV-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-B -(3.4.5.6-tetrahγdro-2H-π.2']bipγridinyl-4-yl>- ureido]-ethyl)-amide
This compound is prepared analogously to 9 -((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-Dihydroxy-4-propionyl- amino -cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid [2 -[3 -(3,4,5,6- tetrahydro-2H-[l,2]bipyridinyl-4-yl)ureido]-ethyl)-amide by replacing (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-amino-
5-£2-chloro -6-(2^-diphenyl-ethyIamino)-purin-9-yl]-cyclopentane-l^ -diol hydrochloride with
9-((lR,2S,3R,4SH-amino-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-
2-carboxylic acid {2-[3-(3,4,5,6 -tetrahydro-2H-[l,2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)-ureido]-cthyl}-amide dihydrochloride.
Example 42
9-((lR.2S.3R.4S)^4-Acetylamino-2.3-dihydroxy-cvclopentyl>-6-/2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H- purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-f3-(3.4.5.6-tetrahvdro-2H-ll^'lbipyridinyl-4-yl)-ureidol-ethyll- amide trifluoroacetate
A mixture comprising 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-amino-2,3-dihydroxv-cyclopentyl)-6-(2^-diphenyl- ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid {2-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[l,2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)- ureidoj-ethyl) -amide dihydrochloride (0.02 g, 25 μmol), TEA (0.013 g, 125 μmol) in THF (2 ml) is treated with acetyl chloride (0.003 g, 40 μmol). After the reaction mixture has stirred at room temperature overnight, the solvent is removed in vacuo and purification of the crude by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ Cl 8, 0-100% acetonitrile in water - 0.1 % TFA) yields the titled product.
Example 43
9-((lR.2S.3R.4S)-2.3-Dihvdroxy-4-propionylamino-cvclopentyl)-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-f3 -((R)-I -pyridin-2-yl-pyiτolidin -3-vD-ureidoT-ethvU -amide trifluo roacetate
A solution comprising 9 -((lR^S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy4-propionylamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2^- diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.01 g, 0.018 mmol) and l-(2- amino-ethyl)-3-((R)-l -pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yi)-urea (0.022 g of a 1 : 5 mole ratio mixture with imidazole , 0.04 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane : iso-propanol (0.2 ml of a 1:1 mixture) is heated at reflux for 70 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and purification of the crude by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-65% acetonitrile in water - 0.1% TFA) yields the titled product. Example 44
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-r2-(4-Amino-piperidin-l-yl)-6-(22-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-vn-23- dihydroxy-cvclopentylt-propionamide dihvdrochloride
{1 -[9-/π R,?.S,λRl4S)-2rl-πihydrnxy-4-prr)pinnylaminn-ryrloppnlylW;-(2; 2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-2-yl]-piperidin-4-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester trifluoroacetate
This compound is prepared analogously to cydopropanecarboxylic acid ((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{6- (2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino>-2-[2-(l-isopropyl-lH-imidazol4-yl>-ethylamino}purin-9-yl}-2,3- dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-amide trifluoroacetate by replacing cyclopropanes-carboxylic acid {(1 S,2R,3S,4RH -[2-chloro -6 -(2^ -diphenyl-ethylamino) -purin-9 -yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy- cyclopentyl)-amide with N-{(1S,2R,3S,4R)4 -[2-chloro -6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9- yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-propionamide and by replacing 2 -(I -isopropyl-lH-imidazol4- yl)-ethylamine with piperidin -4-yl-carbamic acid tert -butyl ester.
N-UlS.2R.3S.4R>-4-f2-(4-Amino-piperidin-l-yl)-6-(22-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-vπ-2.3- dihvdroxy-cvclopentyll-propionamide dihvdrochloride
{l-[9-((lR,2S,3R,4 S)-2,3-Dihydroxy-4-propionylamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethyl- amino)-9H-purin-2-yl]-piperidin-4-yl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester trifluoroacetate (0.02 g, 0.03 mmol) is dissolved in HCl (1 ml of a 1.25 M solution in methanol) and allowed to stand at room temperature overnight. The solvent is removed in vacuo to yield the titled compound.
Examples 45 and 46
These compounds, namely N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-2-pyrrolidin -l-yl- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide trifluoroacetate and N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4- [6 -(2,2 -diphenyl -ethyIamino)-2-piperazin- 1 -yl-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cydopentyl}- propionamide trifluoroacetate, are prepared analogously to cydopropanecarboxylic acid ((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethyIamino)-2-P-(l-isopropyl-lH-imidazol4-yl)- ethylamino]-purin-9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-amide trifluoroacetate by replacing cydopropanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-(2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino}-purin-9- yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cydopentyl}-amide with N -{(lS,2R,3S,4RH-[2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl- ethylaminoj-purin^-ylj^^-dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-propionamide and by repladng 2-(l- isopropyl-lH-imidazoM-yl)-ethylamine with the appropriate amine.
Example 47 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-Dihydroxy-4-propionylamino-cycIopentyl)-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid 12-13 -((S)-l-pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-ureidol-ethyll-amide trifluoroacetate
This compound is prepared analogously to 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-propionylamino- cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carbo)cylic acid {2-[3-((R)-l-pyridin-2- yI-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-ureido]-ethyl}-amide trifluoroacetate by replacing l-(2-amino-ethyl)-3-((R)- l-pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-urea with 1 -(2-amino-ethyl)-3-((S)-l -pyridin-2-yl-pyrrolidin-3- yl)-urea.
Example 48
9-((lR.2S.3R.4S)-2.3-Dihvdroxy-4-propionylamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid r2-B-piperidin-4-yl-ureido)-ethyn- amide
4-[3-(2-{[9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-Dihydroxy-4-propionylamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2v2-diphenyl- ethylamino)-9H-Durine-2-carbonyl1-amino>-ethyl)-ureido}-DiDeridine- 1-carboxylic acid benzyl
To a solution of 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-propionylamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2- diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-amino-ethyl)-amide (0.1 g, 174 mmol) in chloroform (5 ml) is added 4-isocyanato-Z-piperidine (0.045 g, 0.174 mmol) in chloroform (5 ml). The reaction mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature overnight and then methanol is added to quench any residual isocyanate. The solvent is removed in vacuo to yield the titled compound which is used without further purification in the next step.
9-((lR.2S.3R.4S)-2.3-Dihydroxy-4^ropionylamino-cvclopentyl)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino>- 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid f2-(3-piperidin-4-yl-ureido)-ethyl1-amide
A solution of 4-[3-(2-{[9 -((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3 -dihydroxy-4^ιropionylamino-cyclopentyI)-6-(2^- diphenyl-ethylaminoJ^H-purin^-carbonylJ-aminol-ethylJ-ureidoj-piperidine-l -carboxylic acid benzyl ester (0.145 g, 0.174 mmol) in methanol (1 ml) under an atmosphere of Argon is treated with palladium hydroxide on carbon (0.054 g, 20%w/w carbon). The reaction mixture is placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen and stirred at room temperature for 72 hours and then filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to yield the titled compound as a green oil.
Example 49
9-((lR.2S.3R.4S)-2.3-Dihvdroxy-4-propionylamino-cvclopentvπ-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylaminoV 9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid (2-13 -(I -methanesulfonyl-piperidin-4-yl)-ureidol-ethyl)-amide trifluoroacetate To a solution of 9-{(lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-propionyIamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2- diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid [2-(3-piperidin-4-yl-ureido)-ethyl]-amide (0.01 g, 0.0143 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) under an inert atmosphere of argon is added triethylamine (TEA) (0.003 g, 0.0286 mmol) followed by mesyl chloride (0.0016 g, 0.0143 mmol). After standing at room temperature overnight, the solvent is removed in vacuo and purification of the crude by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute™ C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water - 0.1% TFA) yields the titled product.
Example 50
N-»lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(2-Chloro-6-Rnaphthalen-l-ylmethyl)-aminol-purin-9-yU-2.3-dihvdroxy- cvclopentyπ-propionamide trifluoroacetate
A solution comprising [(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-(2,6-dichloro-purin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl]- propionyl-carbamic acid tert -butyl ester (0.5 g, 1.1 mmol), DIPEA (0.227 ml, 1.3 mmol), 1- napthalenemethylamine (0.175 ml, 1.2 mmol) in 1,2 -dichloro -ethane (3 ml) is heated at 500C overnight. Hydrochloric acid (10 ml of a 0.1 M solution) is added to the reaction mixture and following agitation, the organic portion is separated and treated with TFA (1 ml). After standing at room temperature for 2 hours, the solvent is removed in vacuo to yield the titled compound.
Example 51 -53
These compounds namely,
N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(3^ -dimethyl-butylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentylj-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 51),
N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R>4-[2-chloro-6-(2^-diphenyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2r3-dihydroxy- cyclopentylj-propionamide (Example 52),
N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(3,3 -diphenyI-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentylj-propionamide (Example 53), are prepared analogously to N-((lS,2RT3S,4R)-4-{2-chloro-6-[(naphthalen-l-ylmethyl)-amino]- purin-9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate by replacing 1- napthalenemethylamine with the appropriate amine. Examples 53 and 54 are also treated with potassium carbonate/methano! to afford the product in free form.
Example 54
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-π-Ethyl-propylamino)-2-r(RV3-»R>-3-pyrrolidin-3-ylureido)- pyrTolidin-l-vn-purin-9-yl}-2.3-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate A solution comprising N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(l -ethyI-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3- dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamide (0.02 g, 0.03 mmol) and 1,3 -di(R)-pyrrolidin-3-yl-urea (0.03 g, 0.15 mmol) in DMSO (0.2 ml) is heated to 1000C for 24 hours. Purification is carried out using mass d irected preparative LGMS eluting with acetonitrile: water: trifluoroacetic acid to afford the titled compound.
Example 55
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV2.3-Oihvdroxy4-(6-Rnaphthalen-l-ylmethyl)-aminol-2-r(R>-3-((R)-3- pyrrolidin-3 -ylureidol-pyrrolidin-l -yl1-purin-9-yl)-cyclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate This compound is prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{6-(l-Ethyl-propylamino)-2- [(R)-3-((R)-3-pyrrolidin-3-ylureido)-pyrrolidin-l-yl]-purin-9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)- propionamide trifluoroacetate by replacing N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(l-ethyl- propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-23 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl^propionamide with N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4- {2-chloro -6-[(naphthalen-l-ylmethyl)-amino}-purin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)- propionamide trifluoroacetate.
Example 56
N-KlS.2R.3S.4RV4-[2-((R)-3τAmino-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(l-ethyl-propylaminoVpurin-9-γn-23- HihyHrnyy-fyrlopentylj-propionatnifle trifliioroacetate
N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)i}urin-9-yl]-2y3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}- propionamide (0.02 g, 0.03 mmol), (3R)-3-(BOC-amino)pyrrolidine (0.028 g, 0.15 mmol) and sodium iodide (0.004 g, 0.03 mmol) are placed in a 0.5-2.5 ml microwave vial. Acetonitrile (0.25 ml) and NMP (0.25 ml) are added and the reaction mixture is heated using microwave radiation in a Personal Chemistry Emrys™ Optimizer microwave reactor at 1600C for 30 minutes. DCM (3 ml) and water (3 ml) are added to the reaction mixture and following agitation, the organic portion is separated and treated with TPA (0.5 ml). After standing at room temperature overnight purification is carried out using mass directed preparative LC-MS eluting with acetonitrile: water: trifluoroacetic acid to afford the titled compound.
Example 57
N-((lS.2R3S.4RV4-(2-((RV3^Arninoi)yrrolidin-l-vI)-6-f(naphthalen-l-ylmethyl)-aminol- purin-9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxv-cycloρentyl)-propionainide trifluoroacetate
This compound is prepared analogously to N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-((R)-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-l- yl)-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide trifluoroacetate by replacing N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-(2-chloro-6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9- yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cydopentyl}-propionamide with N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{2-chloro-6- [(naphthalen-l-ylmethyl^aminol-purin^-yll-ZjS-dihydroxy-cyclopentylJ^ropionamide trifluoroacetate
Examples 58 and 59
These compounds, namely N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{6-(2,2-diphenyl-propylamino)-2-[(R)-3-((R)-3- pyrrolidin-S -ylureidoJ-pyrrolidin-l -ylJ-purin-^ylJ-ljS-dihydroxy-cyclopentylJ-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 58) and N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)4-(6-(3,3 -diphenyl-propylamino>-2-[(R)-3-
((R)-3-pyrrolidin-3-ylureido)-pyrrolidin-l -yl]-purin-9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)- propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 59), are prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-
{6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-2-[(R)-3-((R)-3-pyrrolidin-3-ylureido)-pyrrolidin-l-yl]-purin-9-yl}-
2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate by replacing N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2- chloro -6-(l -ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-propionamide with the appropriate starting materials, the preparations of which are described herein.
Examples 60 and 61
These compounds, namely N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{6-(2,2-diphenyl-propylamino)-2-[2-(l-ethyl- lH-imidazol4-yI)-ethylamino]-purin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy<yclopentyl)-ρropionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 60) and N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{6-(3,3 -diphenyl-propyl-amino)-2-[2-(l- ethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamino]-purin-9 -yl}-2^ -dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 61), are prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-((R)-3- amino -pyrrolidin -1 -yl)-6 -(I -ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl] -2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}- propionamide trifluoroacetate by replacing (3R)-3-(BOGamino)pyrrolidine with 2-(l-ethyl- lH-imidazoM-yl)-ethylamine and by replacing N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(l -ethyl- propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2-3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide with the appropriate starting materials, the preparations of which are described herein.
Example 62
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-(3.3-Dimethyl-butγlaminoV24(R)-3-((R)-3-pyrrolidin-3-ylureidoV pyrrolidin-1 -yli-purin -9-vU-2.3-dihydroxy-cvclopentyl)f)ropionamide trifluoroacetate This compound is.prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-2- [(R)-3-((R)-3-pyrrolidin-3-ylureido)-pyrroIidin-l-yl]-purin-9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)- propionamide trifluoroacetate by replacing N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro-6-(l-ethyl- propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-23 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl^propionamide with N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4- [2 -chloro -6-(3,3 -dimethyl -butylamino)-purin-9-yl]-23 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide trifluoroacetate. Example 63
N-»lS.2R.3S.4RH-f6-(l-Ethyl-propγlamino)-2-((S)-l-hvdroxγmethyl-2-phenyl-ethylamino)- purin-9-yll -23 -dihvdroxy-CTclopentvU-propionamide trifluoroacetate
This compound is prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-
2-((S)-l-hydroxymethyl-2-phenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}- propionamide (Example 16) by replacing N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-diloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl- ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide (Example 4) with N-
{(lS^R^S^RH-β-chloro^-fl -ethyl-propylaminoJ-purin^-yl^J-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}- propionamide (Example 14).
Example 64
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-(l-Ethyl-propylamino)-2-K(R)-l -ethyl -pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl)-aminol- purin-9-vH-2.3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamidetrifluoroacetate
This compound is prepared analogously to N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-
2 - ((S) -1 -hydroxymethy 1 -2-pheny l-ethylamino)-purin -9-yl] -23 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)- propionamide (Example 16) by replacing N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-diloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl- ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-23-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide (Example 4) with N-
{ ( 1S,2R,3S,4RH -[2-chloro -6 -(I -ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2r3 -dihydroxy-cydopentyl} - propionamide (Example 14) and by replacing (S)-2-amino-3-ρhenyl-propan-l-ol withC-((R)-l- ethyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-methylamine.
Example 65
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RH-16-Amino-2-((S)-l-hvdroxymethyl-2-phenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yll-23- dihydroxy-ryrlopentyl|-propinnarnideiTifliinroacetate
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(2-Chloro-6-r(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethylVamino1-purin-9
-yl)-2.3-dihvdroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamide
This compound is prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{2-chloro-6-[(naphthalen-l- ylmethyl)-amino]-purin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy-cydopentyl)-propionarnide trifluoroacetate
(Example 50) by replacing 1-napthalenemethylamine with C-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)-methylamine.
N-{(lS,2R,3S,4RH-[6-Amino2-((S)-l-hydroxymethyl-2-phenyl-ethylam^ dihvdroxy-cvclopentvU-propionamide trifluoroacetate
This compound is prepared analogously to N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 2-((S)-I -hydroxymethyl^-phenyl-ethylamino^purin^-yll^^-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)- propionamide (Example 16) by replacing N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-diloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl- ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide (Example 4) with N-
((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{2-chloro-6-[(9H-fluoren-9-yImethyl)-amino}-purin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentyl)-propionamide.
Example 66
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV2.3^)ihvdroxy4-f6-l(naphthalen-l-ylπiethyl)-amino]-2-(2-piperidin-l-yl- ethylaminoVpurin-9-vπ-cvdopentvU-propionatnide trifluoroacetate
This compound is prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[6-(2r2-diphenyl-ethylamino)- 2-((S)-I -hydroxymethyl^-phenyl-ethylaminoVpurin^-yll^^-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl J- propionamide (Example 16) by replacing N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-(2-chloro-6-(2,2-diphenyl- ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyI}-propionamide (Example 4) with N- ((lS,2R,3S,4RH-{2-chloro-6-[(naphthalen-l -ylmethyl)-amino}-purin-9-yl)-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 50) and by replacing (S)-2-amino-3- pheny 1-propan -1 -o 1 with 2 -piperidin-1 -yl-ethylamine.
Example 67-69
These compounds namely, N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4^-(4-amino-cyclohexylamino)-6-[(naphthalen- 1 -ylmethyl)-amino]-purin-9-yl}-2r3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 67), N-((lS,2R,3S,4R^2,3-dihydroxy-4 -{2 -{2-(lH-imidazol-4-yl)-€thylamino]-6- [(naphthalen-l-ylmethyl)-amino]-purin-9-yl}<yclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 68) and N-((lSv2R,3S,4R)-4-{2-[((R)-l-Ethyl-pyrroIidin-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-6- [(naphthalen-l-ylmethyl)-amino}-purin-9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 69) are prepared analogously to N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-2,3-dihydroxy-4- [6-[(naphthalen-l-ylmethyl)-amino]-2-(2 -piperidin-1 -yl-ethylamino>f)urin-9-yl]-cyclopentyl}- propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 66) by replacing 2 -piperidin-1 -yl-ethylamine with the appropriate amine.
Example 70
These compounds namely, N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-(4-amino-cyclohexylamino)-6-(3,3-dimethyl- butylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cycIopentyl}-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example
70), N-((lS,2R,3S,4RH-{6-(3,3 -dimethyl-butylamino)-2-[2-(lH-imidazoM-yl)-ethylamino]- purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 71) and
N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4^6-(3,3-Dimethyl-butylamino)■2-[((R)-l -ethyl-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl>- amino]-purin-9-yl}-2,3-dihydroxy-cycIopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 72) are prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[6-(2^--diphenyl-ethylamino)-2-((S)-l -hydroxy- methyl-2-phenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide(Example 16) by replacing N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro -6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3- dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-propionamide (Example 4) withN-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chIoro -6-(3,3- dimethyI-butylamino)^urin-9-yI]-2,3<lihydroxy-cycIopentyl}^ropionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 51) and by replacing L-phenylalaninol with the appropriate amine. Example 73
N-f(lS.2R.3S.4RV4-f2-((RV343^2.6-Dichloro -pyridin4-yl)-ureidoVpyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2.2- diphenyi-ethv!amino)-purin-9-yl1-23 -dihvdroxy-cvclopentyll-propionamide trifluoro acetate A solution of N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-P-((R)-3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2,2-diphenyi-ethyl- amino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionarnide (Example 36) (23 mg, 40 μmol) in THF (1 ml) is treated with TEA (7.3 mg, 72 μmol) and then added to 2,6-dichloro A- isocyanato-pyridine (6.8 mg 36 μmol). The reaction mixture is shaken at room temperature and then allowed to stand overnight. The solvent is removed in vacuo and purification by mass directed preparative LGMS eluting with acetonitrile: water: trifluoroacetic acid affords the titled compound.
Example 74
N-((1S,2Rr3S,4RV4-{(ς-(2r2-nipheny1-ethy1aininn>-2-[(R)-3-(3-thiophen-2-yl-iireido)- pyrroHdin-l-yltøurin-9-yll-2.3-dmvdroχyκryclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate This compound is prepared analogously to N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-{(R)-3-[3-(2,6-dicrιloro- pyridin-4-yl)-ureido]-pyrrolidin -l-yl}-6-(2^-diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy- cyclopentylj-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 73) by replacing 2, 6-dichloro-4- isocyanato-pyridine with 2 -thienyl isocyanate.
Example 75
N-((lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoV-2-l(R)-3-(3-pyridin-3-yl-ureido)iJyrrolidin-
1 -vn-purin-9-yl>-23-dihvdroxy-cvclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate
This compound is prepared analogously to 9-((lR,2S,3R,4S)-4-acetylamino-2r3 -dihydroxy- cycIopentyI)-6-(2,2 -diphenyl-ethyIamino)-9H-purine-2-carboxylic acid {2-[3-(3,4,5,6 -tetra- hydro-2H-[lT2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)-ureido}-ethyl}-amide trifluoroacetate (Ex. 42) by replacing 9-
((lR>2S,3R,4S)-4-amino-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-6-(2r2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purine-2- carboxylic acid {2-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[l,2']bipyridinyl-4-yl)-ureido]-ethyl} -amide dihydrochloride (an intermediate for preparing Example 38) with N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-((R)-
3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(2^ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cyciopentyl}- propionamide (Example 36) and by replacing acetyl chloride with 3-isocyanato-pyridine. Example 76
Cvclobutanecarfaoxylic acid ((lS.2R.3S.4R)-4-(6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylaminoV-2-r(R)-3-((R)-3- pyrrolidin-3 -ylureido)-pyrrolidin-l -yll-purin-9-vU-2.3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentyD-amide This compound is prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{6-(l-ethyl-propylamino)-2- [(R)-3-((R)-3-pyrrolidin-3-ylureido)-pyrrolidin-l-yl]-purin-9-yI}-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)- propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 54) by replacing N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-[2-chloro -6-(l - ethyl-propylamino)-purin-9-yl]-2,3 -dihydroxy-cyclopentylj-propionamid e (Example 14) with cyclobutanecarboxylic acid {(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-chloro-6-(2^ -diphenyl-ethylamino)-purin-9- yl]-2,3-dihydroxy-cycIopentyl}-amide (an intermediate used to prepare Example 23).
Example 77
4 -Methylφiρerazine-1 -carboxylic acid ((RVl -f9-((lR.2S.3R.4S)-2.3-dihvdroxy-4- propionylamino-cydopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-2-yl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl}- amide trifluoroacetate
Imidazole-1 -carboxylic acid ((R)-I -[9-(GaS.4R.6S.6aRV2.2 -dimethyl-6- propionylamino-tetrahvdro-cvclopentafl.3]dioxol-4-yI)-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin- 2 -yi] -pyrrolidin-3-yl) -amide
A mixture comprising N-{(3aR,4S,6R,6aS)-6-[2-{(R)-3-amino-pyrrolidin -l-yl)-6-(2r2 -diphenyl- ethylaminoJ-purin^-ylJ^^-dimethyl-tetrahydro-cyclopentatl^JdioxoM-ylJ-propionarnide (see preparation of intermediates) (0.24 g, 0.39 mmol) and CDI (0.275 g, 1.7 mmol) in DCM is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Purification of the resulting mixture by chromatography on silica eluting with 0-5% MeOH in DCM yields the titled compound as a yellow oil. The compound exists asa mixture of the imidazole-urea intermediate together with variable amounts of the corresponding isocyanate and imidazole which are equally suitable as precursors to ureas.
4-Methyl-piperazine-l -carboxylic acid ((RVl 49-((lR.2S.3R.4S)-2.3 -dihvdroxy4- propionylamino-cvclopentyπ-6-(2.2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-2-yl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl)- amide trifluoroacetate
A solution of imidazole-1-carboxylic acid {(R)-l-[9-((3aS,4R,6S,6aR)-2,2-dimethyl-6- propionylamino-tetrahydro-cyclopenta[l,3]dioxol4-yl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin- 2-yl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl}-amide (25 mg, 40 umol) in DCM (1 ml) is added to 1 -methyl piperazine (4 mg, 40 μmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the crude product is treated with 1:1 TF A/water (1 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The resulting mixture is concentrated in vacuo and purified by mass directed preparative LC-MS eluting with acetonitrile: water: trifluoroacetic acid to afford the titled compound.
Example 78
N-<(lS.2R.3S.4RV4-(6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoV-2-f(R)-3-B-pyridin-2-yl-ureido)-pyrrolidin-
1 -yl]-purin-9-yl}-23-dihvdroχγ-cyclopenryl)-propionamide trifluoroacetatc
This compound is prepared analogously to 4-methyl-piperazine-l -carboxylic acid {(R)-l-[9-
((lR,2S,3R,4S)-2,3 -dihydroxy-4-ρropionylamino-cyclopentyl)-6-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylaminoy-
9H-purin-2-yl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl}-amide trifluoroacetate (Example 77) by replacing 1 -methyl piperazine with 2-amino pyridine.
Example 79
N-((lS.2R.3S.4R>-4-{6-(2.2-Diphenyl-ethylaminoV2-r(R)-3-(3-pγridin-4-yl-ureido)-ρyrrolidin- 1 -γn^>urin-9-yll-23-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl>-propionamide hydrochloride A mixture comprising N-{(lS,2R,3S,4R)4-[2-((R)-3-amino-pvrrolidin-l -yl)-6-(2^ -diphenyl- ethylamino)-purin-9-yl|-2,3-dihydroxy-cyclopentyl}-propionamide (Example 36) (16.6 mg, 29 μmol) and p yridin-4-yl-carbamic acid phenyl ester [prepared according to the reported procedure in the Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2005), 48(6), 1857-1872] (6.9 mg, 32 μmol) in NMP (0.5 ml) is heated at 100 0C for 1 hour and then left to stir at room temperature overnight. Purification of the product by reverse phase column chromatography (Isolute1** C18, 0-100% acetonitrile in water -0.1% HCl) affords the titled compound. [MH+ 691].
Example 80
N-((1S,2Rr3Sr4RV4^-aminn-2-[(R)-3-(3-pyridin -3-yl-iireido)-pyiτnliHin-1-yl]-piirin-9-yl}-2r3- dihvdroxy-cvclopentvD-propionamide
The following compound is prepared analogously to N-((lS,2R,3S,4RH-{6-(l-ethyl- propylamino)-2-[(R}-3-((R)-3-pyrrolidin-3-ylureido)-pyrrolidin-l-yl]-purin-9-yl)-2,3- dihydroxy-cyclopentyl)-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Example 54)

Claims

1. Use of a compound of formula I
Figure imgf000092_0001
in free or salt form, wherein
R1 is hydrogen, Ci-Cralkylcarbonyl, C3-C8-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SCh-Ci-Cs-alkyl, C7-C14- aralkylcarbonyl or -C(=O)-C(=O)-NH-Ci-C8-alkyl optionally substituted by R4;
R2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cralkyl optionally substituted by Ce-Cio-aryl;
R3is hydrogen, halo, Cr-Cβ-alkenyl or Ci-Cβ-alkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted by C 3-Crcycloalkyl optionally substituted by amino, or R3 is CrCe-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, Cβ-Cio-aryl or by R5, or R 3 is R* optionally substituted by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3is -NH-R* optionally substituted -ΦJH-C(=O)-NH-R7, or R3is CrCralkylaminocarbonyl or CrCrcycloalkylamino-carbonyl optionally substituted by amino, Ci-Cβ-alkylamino, di(Ci-Cs-alkyl)amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8;
R4, RJ and R6 are independently a 5- or 6 -membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphuς said 5- or 6 -membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, C rCg-alkyl, CrCs-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Cr alkylcarbonyl or CrCβ-alkoxy optionally substituted by aminocarbonyl; and
R7 and R8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, Ci-Cs-aikyl, Ci-Cβ-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Cs- alkylcarbonyl, CrO-alkoxy optionally substituted by aminocarbonyl, or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said ring also being optionally substituted by halo, cyano, oxo, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, nitro, C rCs-alkyl, CrCs-alkylsulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, Cj-Ce- alkylcarbonyl, CrC8-alkoxy optionally substituted by aminocarbonyl for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a condition mediated by activation of the adenosine A2A receptor, said condition mediated by activation of the adenosine AΆ receptor selected from the group consisting of cystic fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary fibrosis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, wound healing, diabetic nephropathy, reduction of inflammation in transplanted tissue, inflammatory diseases caused by pathogenic organisms, cardiovascular conditions, assessing the severity of coronary artery stenosis, imaging coronary activity in conjunction with radioactive imaging agents, adjunctive therapy with angioplasty, in combination with a protease inhibitor for treatment of organ ischaemia and reperfusion injury, wound healing in bronchial epithelial cells, in combination with an integrin antagonist for treating platelet aggregation, bronchiectasis, as agents for promoting sleep, as agents for treating demyelinating diseases, and as neuroprotective agents.
2. Use of a compound according to claim 1, in which
R1 is C i-Cs-alkylcarbonyl, C3-Cs-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SO.-Ci-Cs-alkyl, C7-Ci4-aralkylcarbonyl or -C(=O)-C(=O)^H-CrC8-alkyl optionally substituted by R4;
R2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cralkyl optionally substituted by Cβ-Cio-aryl;
R3 is halo or C2-Cg-alkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted by C rCg-cycloalkyl optionally substituted by amino, or R3 is CrCg-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, Cβ-Cκraryl or by R5, or R 3 is R6 optionally substituted by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3is -NH-R* optionally substituted -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3 is CrCs-alkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted by -NH-Q=O)^1JH-R8;
R4, R J and R* are independently a 5- or 6 -membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphuς said 5- or
6 -membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted byCi-Cβ-alkyl; and
R7and R 8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by halo, C i-C»-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl- sulfonyl, or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
3. Use of a compound according to claim 1, in which
R1 is C rCt-alkylcarbonyl, Cj-Cs-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SOrCi-Gt-alkyl, CT-Cio-aralkylcarbonyl or -Q=O)-Q=O)-NH-C l-Ct-alkyl optionally substituted at one position by R4;
R2is hydrogen, unsubstituted C r-Cβ-alkyl or Ci-Cralkyl substituted at one position by Cβ-Cio- aryl;
R3 is halo or d-Cβ-alkynyl, or R3is amino optionally substituted at one position by C3-C6-cycloalkyl optionally substituted at one position by amino, or R3 is CrC4-alkylamino substituted at one or two positions by hydroxy, phenyl or by R5, or R3 is R6 optionally substituted at one position by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3is -NH-R6 optionally substituted at one position by -NH-Q=O)-NH -R7 or R3 is Cr C-4-alky laminocarbonyl su bstituted at one position by -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8;
R4, RJ and R6 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or
6-membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at one position by Ci-C4-alkyl; and
R7and R 8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at one or two positions by halo, Ci-
C4-alkyl, Ci-C^-alkylsulfonyl, or a 5- or 6 -membered N-heterocyclic ring.
4. Use of a compound according to claim 1, in which
RMs hydrogen, Ci-Cs-alkylcarbonyl, C3-Cg-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -Sθ2-Ci-Cβ-alkyl, CT-CM- aralkylcarbonyl or -C(=O)-C(=O)-NH-Ci-C8-alkyl optionally substituted by R4;
R2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cs-alkyl optionally substituted by Cβ-Cio-aryl;
R3 is hydrogen, halo, CrCralkenyl or Cz-Cβ-alkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted by C rCrcycloalkyl optionally substituted by amino, or R3 is Ci-Cβ-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, Cβ-Cio-aryl or by R5, or R3 is R6 optionally substituted by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, orR3 is CrCe-alkylaminocarbonyl or CrCrcycloalkylamino-carbonyl optionally substituted by amino, Ci-Cβ-alkylamino, di(Ci-Cg-alkyl)amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8;
R4, RJ and R6 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur; and
R7 and R 8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
5. Use of a compound according to claim 4, in which
RMs C rCβ-alkylcarbonyl, Cs-Cβ-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SOz-Ci-Cs-alkyl, CrCM-aralkylcarbonyl or -Q=O)-Q=O)-NH-C rCg-alkyl optionally substituted by R4;
R2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cs-alkyl optionally substituted by Cβ-Cio-aryl;
R3is halo or Cr-Cs-alkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted by C j-Cs-cycloalkyi optionally substituted by amino, or R3 is Ci-Cβ-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, Cβ-Ciα-aryl or by R5, or R3 is R6 optionally substituted by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R 3 is CrCβ-alkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted by -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently a 5 - or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur; and
R7 and R8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
6. Use of a compound according to claim 5, in which
RMs C rGt-alkylcarbonyl, Cs-Cβ-cycloalkylcarbonyl, -SOrCi-O-alkyl, CT-Cio-aralkylcarbonyl or -C(=O)-C(=O)4SrH-CrC4-alkyl optionally substituted by R4;
R2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cβ-alkyl optionally substituted by Cβ-Ciα-aryl;
R3 is halo or C∑-Ci-alkynyl, or R3 is amino optionally substituted by C j-Cs-cycloalkyl optionally substituted by amino, or R3 is Ci-C4-alkylamino optionally substituted by hydroxy, Gf-Cβ-aryl or by Rs, or R3 is R6 optionally substituted by amino or -NH-Q=O)-NH-R7, or R3 is CrCralkylaminocarbonyl optionally substituted by -NH-Q=O)-NH-R8;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently a 5 - or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur; and
R7 and R8 are independently a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, said 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted by a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing at least one ring heteroatom selected from the group consi sting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
7. Use of a compound of formula I according to claim 1, wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as shown in the following tables.
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000102_0002
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
PCT/EP2007/003436 2006-04-21 2007-04-19 Purine derivatives for use as adenosin a2a receptor agonists WO2007121921A2 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MX2008013418A MX2008013418A (en) 2006-04-21 2007-04-19 Purine derivatives for use as adenosin a2a receptor agonists.
BRPI0710655-6A BRPI0710655A2 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-04-19 organic compounds
JP2009505780A JP2009534339A (en) 2006-04-21 2007-04-19 Purine derivatives for use as adenosine A2A receptor agonists
EP07724373A EP2012760A2 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-04-19 Purine derivatives for use as adenosin a2a receptor agonists
AU2007241344A AU2007241344A1 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-04-19 Purine derivatives for use as adenosin A2A receptor agonists
US12/297,940 US20090105476A1 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-04-19 Organic Compounds
CA002648813A CA2648813A1 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-04-19 Organic compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GBGB0607953.7A GB0607953D0 (en) 2006-04-21 2006-04-21 Organic compounds
GB0607953.7 2006-04-21

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007121921A2 true WO2007121921A2 (en) 2007-11-01
WO2007121921A3 WO2007121921A3 (en) 2008-01-10

Family

ID=36581050

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2007/003436 WO2007121921A2 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-04-19 Purine derivatives for use as adenosin a2a receptor agonists

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (1) US20090105476A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2012760A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2009534339A (en)
KR (1) KR20080110923A (en)
CN (1) CN101426483A (en)
AU (1) AU2007241344A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0710655A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2648813A1 (en)
GB (1) GB0607953D0 (en)
MX (1) MX2008013418A (en)
RU (1) RU2008145701A (en)
WO (1) WO2007121921A2 (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009021740A2 (en) 2007-08-15 2009-02-19 Sanofis-Aventis Substituted tetrahydronaphthalenes, process for the preparation thereof and the use thereof as medicaments
WO2009050199A1 (en) * 2007-10-17 2009-04-23 Novartis Ag Purine derivatives as adenosine al receptor ligands
WO2009050198A2 (en) * 2007-10-17 2009-04-23 Novartis Ag Combination comprising purine derivatives and other compounds and the use thereof for the treatment of inflammatory and obstructive airway diseases
US8071565B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2011-12-06 Novartis Ag Purine derivatives as a2a agonists
WO2011157827A1 (en) 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Sanofi Azolopyridin-3-one derivatives as inhibitors of lipases and phospholipases
US8114877B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2012-02-14 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8163754B2 (en) 2004-10-22 2012-04-24 Novartis Ag Purine derivatives for use as adenosine A-2A receptor agonists
US8188100B2 (en) 2006-09-14 2012-05-29 Novartis Ag Adenosine derivatives as A2A receptor agonists
US8193164B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2012-06-05 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8258141B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2012-09-04 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
WO2012120053A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Branched oxathiazine derivatives, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120056A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Tetrasubstituted oxathiazine derivatives, method for producing them, their use as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and the use thereof
WO2012120054A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120055A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120052A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Oxathiazine derivatives substituted with carbocycles or heterocycles, method for producing same, drugs containing said compounds, and use thereof
EP2567959A1 (en) 2011-09-12 2013-03-13 Sanofi 6-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-3-styryl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-4-carboxylic acid amide derivatives as kinase inhibitors

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB0607945D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0607948D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
RU2009121819A (en) * 2006-11-10 2010-12-20 Новартис АГ (CH) Cyclopentenediol Monoacetate Derivatives
WO2012075492A2 (en) * 2010-12-03 2012-06-07 Epizyme, Inc. Carbocycle-substituted purine and 7-deazapurine compounds
RU2606514C2 (en) 2010-12-03 2017-01-10 Эпизайм, Инк. Substituted purine and 7-deazapurine compounds
EP2646454B1 (en) 2010-12-03 2015-07-08 Epizyme, Inc. 7-deazapurine modulators of histone methyltransferase, and methods of use thereof
RU2606131C2 (en) 2011-05-13 2017-01-10 Эррэй Биофарма Инк. Pyrrolidinyl urea and pyrrolidinyl thiourea compounds as trka kinase inhibitors
WO2014026198A1 (en) 2012-08-10 2014-02-13 Epizyme, Inc. Inhibitors of protein methyltransferase dot1l and methods of use thereof
WO2014039839A1 (en) 2012-09-06 2014-03-13 Epizyme, Inc. Method of treating leukemia
CA2903303A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Epizyme, Inc. Methods of synthesizing substituted purine compounds
HUE045340T2 (en) 2014-05-15 2019-12-30 Array Biopharma Inc 1-((3s,4r)-4-(3-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)-3-(4-methyl-3-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)-1-phenyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)urea as a trka kinase inhibitor

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999067266A1 (en) * 1998-06-23 1999-12-29 Glaxo Group Limited 2-(purin-9-yl)-tetrahydrofuran-3,4-diol derivatives
WO2005084653A2 (en) * 2004-03-05 2005-09-15 Cambridge Biotechnology Limited Adenosine receptor agonists

Family Cites Families (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1528382A (en) * 1974-12-26 1978-10-11 Teijin Ltd Cyclopentene diols and acyl esters thereof and processes for their preparation
US4738954A (en) * 1985-11-06 1988-04-19 Warner-Lambert Company Novel N6 -substituted-5'-oxidized adenosine analogs
US4954504A (en) * 1986-11-14 1990-09-04 Ciba-Geigy Corporation N9 -cyclopentyl-substituted adenine derivatives having adenosine-2 receptor stimulating activity
US5688774A (en) * 1993-07-13 1997-11-18 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services A3 adenosine receptor agonists
PT909270E (en) * 1996-01-02 2002-11-29 Aventis Pharma Inc METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF 2,4-DIHYDROXYPRIDINE AND 2,4-DIHIDROXY-3-NITROPYRIDINE
US6376472B1 (en) * 1996-07-08 2002-04-23 Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds having antihypertensive, cardioprotective, anti-ischemic and antilipolytic properties
GB9813554D0 (en) * 1998-06-23 1998-08-19 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
ATE275565T1 (en) * 1998-12-31 2004-09-15 Aventis Pharma Inc METHOD FOR PRODUCING N6-SUBSTITUTED DEAZA ADENOSINE DERIVATIVES
US7427606B2 (en) * 1999-02-01 2008-09-23 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method to reduce inflammatory response in transplanted tissue
US6586413B2 (en) * 1999-11-05 2003-07-01 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Methods and compositions for reducing ischemic injury of the heart by administering adenosine receptor agonists and antagonists
ATE292973T1 (en) * 2001-01-16 2005-04-15 Can Fite Biopharma Ltd USE OF AN ADENOSINE A3 RECEPTOR AGONIST TO INHIBIT VIRUS REPLICATION
US20040162422A1 (en) * 2001-03-20 2004-08-19 Adrian Hall Chemical compounds
EP1258247A1 (en) * 2001-05-14 2002-11-20 Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbH Adenosine analogues for the treatment of insulin resistance syndrome and diabetes
US7414036B2 (en) * 2002-01-25 2008-08-19 Muscagen Limited Compounds useful as A3 adenosine receptor agonists
EP1699459B1 (en) * 2003-12-29 2007-06-06 Can-Fite Biopharma Ltd. Method for treatment of multiple sclerosis
US7825102B2 (en) * 2004-07-28 2010-11-02 Can-Fite Biopharma Ltd. Treatment of dry eye conditions
WO2006031505A1 (en) * 2004-09-09 2006-03-23 Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Purine derivatives as a3 and a1 adenosine receptor agonists
GT200500281A (en) * 2004-10-22 2006-04-24 Novartis Ag ORGANIC COMPOUNDS.
US20080051364A1 (en) * 2004-11-08 2008-02-28 Pninna Fishman Therapeutic Treatment of Accelerated Bone Resorption
GB0500785D0 (en) * 2005-01-14 2005-02-23 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
CA2596424C (en) * 2005-02-04 2016-03-29 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of e1 activating enzymes
US20080300213A1 (en) * 2005-11-30 2008-12-04 Pnina Fishman Use of A3 Adenosine Receptor Agonist in Osteoarthritis Treatment
ES2360632T3 (en) * 2006-01-26 2011-06-07 Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services ADENOSINE A3 RECEPTOR ALOSTERIC MODULATORS.
CN101379061B (en) * 2006-02-02 2016-06-15 千禧药品公司 E1 activating enzyme inhibitors
GB0607954D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0607944D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0607945D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0607948D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8008307B2 (en) * 2006-08-08 2011-08-30 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds useful as inhibitors of E1 activating enzymes
EP1903044A1 (en) * 2006-09-14 2008-03-26 Novartis AG Adenosine Derivatives as A2A Receptor Agonists
RU2009121819A (en) * 2006-11-10 2010-12-20 Новартис АГ (CH) Cyclopentenediol Monoacetate Derivatives
US20090181934A1 (en) * 2007-10-17 2009-07-16 Novartis Ag Organic Compounds

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999067266A1 (en) * 1998-06-23 1999-12-29 Glaxo Group Limited 2-(purin-9-yl)-tetrahydrofuran-3,4-diol derivatives
WO2005084653A2 (en) * 2004-03-05 2005-09-15 Cambridge Biotechnology Limited Adenosine receptor agonists

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BROADLEY K J: "DRUGS MODULATING ADENOSINE RECEPTORS AS POTENTIAL THERAPEUTIC AGENTS FOR CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES" EXPERT OPINION ON THERAPEUTIC PATENTS, ASHLEY PUBLICATIONS, GB, vol. 10, no. 11, 2000, pages 1669-1692, XP001051120 ISSN: 1354-3776 *
COWART M ET AL: "Synthesis of novel carboxylic adenosine analogs as inhibitors of adenosine kinase" JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. EASTON, US, vol. 64, no. 7, 18 March 1999 (1999-03-18), pages 2240-2249, XP002364404 ISSN: 0022-3263 *
MCGARAUGHTY STEVE ET AL: "RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN THE DISCOVERY OF NOVEL ADENOSINE KINASE INHIBITORS: MECHANISM OF ACTION AND THERAPEUTIC POTENTIAL" CNS DRUG REVIEWS, BRANFORD, CT, US, vol. 7, no. 4, January 2001 (2001-01), pages 415-432, XP009080706 ISSN: 1080-563X *

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8163754B2 (en) 2004-10-22 2012-04-24 Novartis Ag Purine derivatives for use as adenosine A-2A receptor agonists
US8114877B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2012-02-14 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8318750B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2012-11-27 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8258141B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2012-09-04 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8193164B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2012-06-05 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8071565B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2011-12-06 Novartis Ag Purine derivatives as a2a agonists
US8188100B2 (en) 2006-09-14 2012-05-29 Novartis Ag Adenosine derivatives as A2A receptor agonists
WO2009021740A2 (en) 2007-08-15 2009-02-19 Sanofis-Aventis Substituted tetrahydronaphthalenes, process for the preparation thereof and the use thereof as medicaments
WO2009050198A3 (en) * 2007-10-17 2009-09-11 Novartis Ag Combination comprising purine derivatives and other compounds and the use thereof for the treatment of inflammatory and obstructive airway diseases
WO2009050198A2 (en) * 2007-10-17 2009-04-23 Novartis Ag Combination comprising purine derivatives and other compounds and the use thereof for the treatment of inflammatory and obstructive airway diseases
WO2009050199A1 (en) * 2007-10-17 2009-04-23 Novartis Ag Purine derivatives as adenosine al receptor ligands
WO2011157827A1 (en) 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Sanofi Azolopyridin-3-one derivatives as inhibitors of lipases and phospholipases
WO2012120053A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Branched oxathiazine derivatives, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120056A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Tetrasubstituted oxathiazine derivatives, method for producing them, their use as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and the use thereof
WO2012120054A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120055A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120052A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Oxathiazine derivatives substituted with carbocycles or heterocycles, method for producing same, drugs containing said compounds, and use thereof
EP2567959A1 (en) 2011-09-12 2013-03-13 Sanofi 6-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-3-styryl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-4-carboxylic acid amide derivatives as kinase inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MX2008013418A (en) 2008-11-04
KR20080110923A (en) 2008-12-19
BRPI0710655A2 (en) 2011-08-16
JP2009534339A (en) 2009-09-24
US20090105476A1 (en) 2009-04-23
GB0607953D0 (en) 2006-05-31
EP2012760A2 (en) 2009-01-14
AU2007241344A1 (en) 2007-11-01
CN101426483A (en) 2009-05-06
WO2007121921A3 (en) 2008-01-10
RU2008145701A (en) 2010-05-27
CA2648813A1 (en) 2007-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2007121921A2 (en) Purine derivatives for use as adenosin a2a receptor agonists
AU2005298878B2 (en) Purine derivatives for use as adenosin A-2A receptor agonists
EP2322525B1 (en) Purine derivatives for use as adenosin A2A receptor agonists
EP2066669B1 (en) Adenosine derivatives as a2a receptor agonists
US20090099214A1 (en) Organic Compounds
EP2012759B1 (en) Purine derivatives as a2a receptor agonists
AU2006205878B2 (en) Purine derivatives acting as A2A receptor agonists
US20090281127A1 (en) Organic Compounds
MX2009000375A (en) Purine derivatives as a2a agonists.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07724373

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007724373

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 8033/DELNP/2008

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007241344

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2648813

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/a/2008/013418

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009505780

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12297940

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 200780014434.5

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2007241344

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20070419

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020087028380

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008145701

Country of ref document: RU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0710655

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20081021